■9 J3P' >
>,i» >^ •
yr>yyD
k5^^'-^
^.^
^ii>->:3 - ""'
5»^ni^:^-^2>^i
> -y-m]
> ^:;*^
w:xy>
yibraru of tlje gluseum
OF
COMPARATIYE ZOOLOGY,
AT HARVARD COLLEGE. CAMBRIDGE. MASS.
jFountiett hs prfbate subscrfptfon, fn 1861.
The
gift of e-^ e? /2a£OC Jrr^^XvtciXsL
No. ^1^9
BULLETIN
ESSEX INSTITUTE,
VOLUIME VIII.
1876.
SALEM, MASS.
PRINTED AT THE SALEM PEESS,
1877.
CONTENTS.
Regular Meeting, Monday, January 3, 1876
S. C. Oliver, On the Instinct and Intelligence of Animals, 1.
Eegular Meeting, Monday, January 17, 1876,
John Robinson, On Salix discolor, i.— G. M. White, On Pottery, 4.—
John J. Hutchinson, Communication in relation to Abby W. Dit-
more's wiU, 4.
Special Meeting, Monday, January 31, 1876,
E. S. Atwood, On the Manufacture of Silver Plated Ware, 5.
Eegular Meeting, Mondayf February 7, 1876,
S. G. W. Benjamin, On the Theory and Practice of Art, 9.
Eegular Meeting, Monday, February 21, 1876,
A New Draft of the By-laws read, 13.— N. H. Chamberlain, " On the
Way of Making Ora.tors," 19.
Eegular Meeting, Monday, March 6, 1876, ....
W. P. Upham, On Incidents during the Occupancy of Boston by the
British Troops in 1775-G, 21.
Wednesday, March 8, 1876,
A. H. Johnson's 1st Lecture on the Relation of Mind to the Nervous
System, 23.
Wednesday, March 15, 1876,
A. H. Johnson's 2nd Lecture on the Relation of Mind to the Nervous
System, 24.
Eegular Meeting, Monday, March 20, 1876, ....
John Robinson, On Ferns, 26.
Wednesday, March 22, 1876,
A. H. Johnson's 3rd Lecture of his course, 27,
Wednesday, March 29, 1876,
A. H. Johnson's 4th Lecture, 30.
Eegular Meeting, Monday, April 17, 1876, ....
C. H. Higbee, On Sea-weeds, 33.
Eegular Meeting, Monday, May 1, 1876
F. W. Putnam, On the Ancient Peruvians, 34.
Annual Meeting, Monday, May 15, 1876, ....
Retrospect of the year. Members, 39; Meetings, 46; Lectures and Con
certs, 47; Art Exhibition, 48; Library, 48; Museum, 49; Publications
50; Centennial Exhibition, 50; Financial, 61 ; Officers elected, 52.
Eegular Meeting, Monday, June 5, 1876, ....
F. W. Putnam, On Ancient Gold Images, from Graves near Bogota, 53.
(iii)
Page
1
13
21
23
24
26
27
30
S3
33
37
53
IV CONTENTS.
Pago
Regular Meeting, Monday, June 19, 1876 53
Eegular Meeting, Monday, July 3, 1876, 54
Field Meeting at Beachmont, Saturday, July 22, 1876, . . 54
Ramble, 5t.— Remarks by E. S. Morse, 58; George Dixon, F. W. Put-
nam, G. A. Otis, D. M. Balch, S. C. Bancroft and otliers.
Field Meeting at Manchester, Thursday, August 10, 1876, . . 61
Ramble, CI.— Remarlss by F. W. Putnam, 6fi; John Robinson, G7; E. S.
Morse, 69; James Freeman Clarlie, 70; Ricliard II. Dana, 73; Lewis
N. Tappan, 75; C. A. Bartol, 76.
Regular Meeting, Monday, October 2, 1876, 77
J. A. Allen, List of Birds collected by Mr. Charles Linden, near San-
tarem, Brazil, 78.
Regular Meeting, Monday, October 16, 1876 83
Regular Meeting, Monday, November 6, 1876, .... 83
Regular Meeting, Monday, November 20, 1876, .... 88
Regular Meeting, Monday, December 4, 1876, .... 89
E. W. Nelson, On the Birds of North-eastern'flllinois, 90.
Meeting, Monday, December 11, 1876, 155
C. Pfoundes, On Japan and the Japanese, 155.
Regular Meeting, Monday, December 18, 1876, . . . .161
Adjourned Meeting, Friday, December 22, 1876, .... 161
W. P. Upham, On the History of Stenoarraphy, with a proposal for a
New System of Phonetic Short-hand Writing, 161.
Letters Announced, 3, 18, 37, 55, 63, 83.
Additions to Library, 7, 18, 38, 56, 64, 84.
BULLETIN
ESSEX irtTSTITTJTE.
Vol. 8. Salem, Mass., January, 1876. No. 1.
Oue Dollar a Year in Advance. Ten Cents a Single Copy.
Eegular Meeting, Monday, January 3, 1876.
Meeting this evening. The President in the chair.
Records read.
The paper for the evening was on " The Instinct and
Intelligence of Animals," by S. C. Oliver.
Colonel Oliver illustrated his remarks with explanatory
anecdotes, and said that spoken and written language and
all the significant machinery of human life had come to be
regarded as essential parts of our intelligence, and it would
be no easy matter for us to represent to ourselves the
movements of the human intellect deprived of the assist-
ance of that artificial apparatus employed by human beings
to enlarge the compass of thought and of knowledge. It is
quite necessary however to make the attempt to set forth
the fundamental peculiarities of intelligence in general,
that we may, by this means, gain another step towards
the rational explanation of the animal mind.
The first great feature of intelligence common to the
ESSEX INST. BULLETIN. VIU (1)
whole animal race, with of course difference of degree,
we may express by the term docilUy, meaning by it the
poAver of making acquisitions of every kind independent
of the native or inborn capacities. There is evidently a
great inferiority in the extent and in the character of the
brute acquisitions as compared with humanity. It is
doubtful how far an ordinary quadruped can revive the
pictorial impressions of sight in the entire absence of tiie
original so as to go through an operation truly mental,
and live in the past, the present and the future. The
best of animals can go but a little way towards recogniz-
ing the proportions of natural objects, chiefly on account
of their utter want of all the artifices of indirect vision,
which have their perfect exemplification in the human
sciences.
It usually happens that every active weapon or instru-
ment belonging to the structure of an animal is fully pro-
vided with nei'vous communications with all the other
2)arts of the system through the common centre of ner-
vous action, and is in this wa}^ put to employment on all
convenient occasions. Nothing more is required than
such a method of connection to insure the applicatiou of
every species of active impulse wherever it can be of any
avail. The electric organs of the torpedo are related by
massive cords of nerve to the brain of the animal, and
act in sympathy with its wishes and movements.
We are to conceive of each class of animals as pos-
sessed of a certain number of susceptibilities and active
capacities in more or less measure of energy, and also of
the power of harmonizing, combining and arranging the
one to meet the other through the medium of a central
brain, and as having this power in unequal degrees.
The varieties of the sense of hearing furnish a basis of
discrimination of the animal species. This sense is, per-
haps, on the whole, less complex and less dignified than
the sense of sight, but this last sense is more extensively
possessed than the power of hearing. The development
of the ear goes along with the development of the vocal
organs, and there is a special connection between the two
in the nervous system. When the ear and the voice are
in tolerable perfection they are pnt to a variety of uses.
Besides the employment of the voice in the expression of
the animal emotion and in kindling up sympathies and
inspiring terrors into fellow beings, it very soon shows
itself as an organ of language, or as a means of coramu-
uication between the different members of an}^ society of
animals.
The Secretary announced the following correspon-
dence : —
From Amherst Collese Librav}', Dec. 13; E. P. Boon, New York, Dec. 9; Insti-
tuto Hi^torico e Geoyrapliico do Brazil; Cincinnati Public Library, Dec. 21; Dres-
den Kais. Leop. Carol. Deutsche Akademie der Naturforsciier, Oct. 29; Eniden,
Naturl'orschende Gesellschaft, Oct. 15 ; Lelloy F. Griffin, Hightstown, N. .1., Dec. 22 ;
Hague, Entomol. Soc. of Netherlands. Oct. 19; Liege, Societe Geologique de Bel-
gu|ue, Sept. I.t; Liverpool Literary and Philosophical Societ}', Dec. 3; Lynu Public
Library, Nov. IG; MUachen, K. Bayerischen Akademie der Wisseuschaften, Nov.
1; E. P. Robinson, Nov. 10; Stockholm. L'Acad. Roy. Suedoise des Sciences, Nov.;
Charles P. Thompson, Washington, Dec. 17; Throndhjem K. Norske Videnskabers-
selskab, July 1.5; Upsal, Societe Royale des Sciences, Oct. 15, Nov. 15, 20.
At the close of the meetiiig, on motion of Mr. Wm. P.
Upham, a vote of thanks was passed to Col. Oliver for
his interesting communication.
The following persons were elected resident members :
Mrs. D. B. Hagar, Mrs. C. H. Miller, Mrs. J. O. Safford,
Mrs. D. W. Bowdoin, Harriet A. Austin, Hannah H.
Silsbee, Horace X. Smith, Andrew D. Cross, Thomas H.
Johnson., all of Salem.
Kegdlar Meeting, Monday, January 17, 187G.
Meeting this evening. The President in the chair.
Records read.
Mr. John Robinson brought to the notice of the meet-
ing the finding of the willow {8alix discolor) in blossom,
stating that this was rarely the case in mid\yiuter.
Mr. George jNI. White, of Salem, read a paper on
"Pottery," illustrating the same l)y some Ijeautifully col-
ored cartoons, prepared by himself, of some of the most
celebrated specimens of pottery on record. He com-
menced by giving a brief sketch of the art in the earliest
period of its history when the clay Avas made sufficiently
hard for the simple wants of the people by exposure to
the sun. The baking of the clay, so as to produce an
indestructible tenacity was an immense stride, a rough
and rude ornamentation was at that time adopted. An-
other step in the process was in rendering the vessels
less porous and better fitted to hold liquids by covering
them with an impervious glaze. Then followed the use
of copper to obtain the brilliant blue enamel ; other ma-
terials and processes were ilfterwards gi-adually intro-
duced for the various kinds of ornamentation which was
carried to so high a degree of perfection as to require the
talents and skill of the most noted artists, and have be-
come an almost inexhaustible source for illustrating the
mythology, the history and the customs of the people.
A communication was read from Mr. John J. Hutch-
inson, executor of the will of the late Miss Abby W.
Ditmore, in relation to the bequest therein noted.
On motion of Mr. A. C. Goodell
Voted, That the Essex Institute will accept the bequest
made by the residuary clause of the will of Abbie W.
Ditmore, late of Salem, singlewoman, deceased, on the
condition therein ex))ressed, and will pay the inconie of
the same to Frederick J. Perkins, cousin of said testatrix,
during his life, and the Treasurer of said Institute is
hereby authorized and directed to give a receipt for the
same, and to pay the income thereof as required by said
will during the life of said Frederick J. Perkins.
Voted, That said Treasurer be authorized to give bond
to said executor to refund to said executor any part of
said sum that may be recovered against said executor or
said estate within two years of his acceptance of said
trust.
On motion of Mr. R. C. Manning it was
Voted-. That the thanks of the Institute be given to Mr.
George M. White for his handsomely illustrated lecture.
The following persons were elected resident members :
Mrs. J. F. Tuckerman, Edward Kemble, Winchester
Smith, Samuel C. Oliver, Mrs. F. H. Lee, Chas. Henry
Andrews, Wm. Phineas Parker, Clarence Edward Murphy.
Special Meeting, Monday, January 31, 187G.
The President in the chair. The meeting this even-
ing attracted a large audience.
Rev. E. S. Atwood gave an explanation of the manu-
facture of silver plated ware, illustrated by the elegant
specimens which have recently been added to the techno-
logical department of the Institute through the generosity
of Messrs. Reed and Barton, of Taunton, manufacturers,
whose establishment ranks among the most distinfjuished.
6
The lecture was listened to Avith the utmost interest and
closest attention.
The lecturer commenced with an allusion to the silver
platinp: practised by the ancient Romans, the silver being
soldered to copper and rolled out. This method was con-
tinued until the middle of the 18th century and was called
the French process. He also spoke of the silvered wires
for filigree work.
The French process was succeeded in England by fire-
plating — silver fused upon copper without solder — known
as the Sheffield process. In this the weight of silver was
1-24 to 1-30 that of the copper. This ware is remarkably
serviceable and does not tarnish. A specimen more than
a hundred years old was exhibited and the plating was
apparently as perfect as when first made.
Amalgam plating was next described — silver and mer-
cury mixed, the mercury volatilized.
The first electro plating, which is the modern process,
was done in 1803, by Brugnatelli, a pupil of Volta. El-
kington's patent was issued in 1840, and it was not until
within twenty-five or thirty years that the manufacture
began to assume its present proportions.
The general composition of the three bases, Britannia,
German silver, and nickel silver was then given, Bri-
tannia being a compound of lead, tin, and antimony ;
German silver, of copper, zinc, and nickel ; and so on.
The lecturer then took his audience into the manufac-
turing room and described the process by which the raw
material is worked up into hollow ware, and spoons and
forks, which latter is a special department of the busi-
ness. The various methods of "chasing" were then con-
sidered, and silvered plates illustrating each variety were
exhibited. The "plating" room was next described, with
an enumeration of the various chemical and galvanic oper-
ations, employed at that stage of the work. Following
this was a detailed account of the method of "burnish-
ing," by which the lustreless silver is made to take on a
high polish. The lecture closed with some practical
directions as to the best way to buy, cleanse, and preserve
the various articles of plated ware in use in the household.
A handsome tablet, contaiuing specimens of the raw
materials used, and of articles in various stages of manu-
facture, was among the donations by Reed & Barton, and
the specimens, being removable, were, with the finished
articles, passed around among the audience and enabled
the listeners to follow the explanations with great satis-
faction.
The Librarian reported the following additions to the
library : —
By Donation.
BoLLES, E. C. Miscellaneous pani])hlets, 10.
BuNKEK Hill Monument Association. Proceedings of the. At the Annual
Meeting, from 18(31-1874. 1 vol. 8vo.
Calef, John. Boston Gazette, ISO.j, 180G. 2 vols, folio.
Chase, Anne A. Journals of Madam Knight and Rev. Mr. Buckingham, writ-
ten iu 1701-1710. 1 vol. 8vo.
Cole, Mks. N. D. Salem Gazette, July-Dec, 1875.
Cook, James. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 17.
Emilio, L. F., of San Francisco, Cal. Report of the San Francisco Park
Commissioner, 1871-75. 8vo, pamph.
Green, S. A., or Boston, Mass. Little Wanderer's Advocate, 1872. 1 vol. 8vo.
Miscellaneous pamphlets, 7.
Greenwood, Isaac J., of New York. The Willoughby Family of New Bug-
land. 8vo, pamph., 1876.
Jennison, O. a., of Lansing, Mich. City Directory, 18.53, 1854. 1 vol. 8vo.
Kimball, James. Cape Ann Advertiser, Dec. 3, 10, 17, 24, 31, 1875.
Lee, John C. Commercial Bulletin, Oct. 30, Nov. 6, 20, 27, Dec. 4, 1876.
Meuritt, L. F. Essex Co. Mercury, Dec, 1875.
Perry, W. S., of Geneva, >). Y. Journal of the General Convention of the
Protestant Episcopal Church in the U. S., 1874. 1 vol. 8vo.
Putnam, F. W. Paper on Cylinder Condensation, by G. B. Dixwell. 8vo
pampli.
Roi'Es, W, L., OF Andover, Mass. Catalogue of Andover Theological Semi-
nary, 1875-6. 8vo, pamph.
Shu'man, Wm. R., of College Hill, Mass. Catalogue of the Officers and
Students of Tufts College, 1875-6. 8vo, pamph.
U. S. Patent Office. Official Gazette, Nov. 16, 23, 30, Dec. 14, 28, 1875.
Waters, J. Linton. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 5.
By Exchange.
American Antiquarian Society. Transactions of. Vols, v, vi. 2 vols. 8vo.
Boston Society of Natural History. Proceedings of. Vol. xviii, sigs. 9, 10,
11, 1875.
Cap:n, France, Royale Academie des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres.
Memoires, 1875. 1 vol. 8vo.
Canadian Institute. Journal, Vol. xiv. No. 6, Dec, 187.5.
Crosse et Fischer. Jurnal de Conchyliologie. Tome xv, No. 3, 1875.
Dresden, Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft Isis. Sitzungs-Berichte
Jahrg. 1874, Oct.-Dec.
Michigan State Library. Joint Documents, 1842. 1813, 1844, 18.50. 1851, 18.53,
1854, 18.56, 1857, 18.58, 18.59, 18G0, 18G1, 18i;2. 1863, 1864, 1S0.5. 1860, 1807, 1838. 1809. Laws
of Micliisraii, 1845, 1857, 18.58, 1801, 1802, 18G7, 1809, 1870, 1871, 1872. Senate Docu-
ments, 1853, 1855, 1857, 18.59, 1801, 1863, 1805. House Journal, 1849, 1858 ia59, 1861,
1803, 1864, 1805. 1807. 1869, 1870, 1871. Senate Journal, 1850, 18.57, 1858. 1859, 1861, 1863,
1864, 1865, 1867, 1869, 1870. Senate and House Documents, 1843, 1853, 1862, 1867, 4
vols. 8vo. Revised Statutes of Michigan. 1 vol. 8vo. Geological Survey of Mich-
igan, 1800, 1 vol. 8vo. Census of Michigan, 1874, 1 vol. 8vo. Statistics of Michigan,
1870, 1 vol. 8vo. Catalogue of Michigan State Library, 187.5-76, 1 vol. 8vo. State
Board of Health, 1873-1874,2 vols Svo. Registration Reports, 1 vol.8vo. Michigan
Tomological Society, 1871-72, 1873, 1874. 4 vols. Svo. Michigan Board of Agricul-
ture, 1865, 1866,1867, 1870, 1871, 1872, 1873, 1873-4. 7 vols. 8vo. Michigan Insurance
Reports, 1871, 1872, 1873, 4 vols. 8vo. Compiled Laws, 2 vols. 8vo. Convention
Journal, 1807, 1 vol. 8vo. Edmund's Jmi)eachment Trial, 2 vols. 8vo. Michigan
School Reports, 1865. 1866, 1869, 1871, 1872, 5 vols. Svo. Report of Supei-intendent of
Public Instruction, 1873, 1 vol. Svo. Public and Local Acts of Michigan, 1874, 1
vol. Svo. Public Acts. 1875, 1 vol. Svo. Local Acts, 1875, 1 vol. Svo. Convention
Debates, 1867, 2 vols. 4to. In all 178 volumes, and 75 Miscellaneous Pamphlets.
Michigan Geological Survey. Vols, i, ii, 1869-1873, 2 vols. Svo, Maps.
N. E. Historic Genealogical Society. Register, Jan., 1876. Diary of Dr.
Ezra Green. Centennial Orations, 1874-1875, 1 vol. Svo.
Paris, France, Institut Historique. L' Investigateur Mai-Aofit, 1875.
Paris, Societe D'Acclimation. Bulletin Mensuel. Tome ii, 3e Serie. Mai,
Sept., 1875.
Paris, Society D'Anthropologie. Bulletins. Tome ix. He Serie. Mai,
Nov., 1874.
Publishers. American Journal of Science and Arts. American Naturalist.
Beetle <and Wedge. Boston Daily Globe. Bradford New Era. Haverliill Gazette.
Ipswich Chronicle. Lawrence American. Lynn Reporter. Lynn Transcript.
Nation. Nature. Salem Gazette. Salem Post. Salem Register. Gardener's
Monthly. Gloucester Telegraph. Lynn City Item. Peabody Press. Salem Ob-
server. Medical and Surgical Reporter. Turner's Public Spirit.
BULLETIN
esses: in^STITTJTE.
Vol. 8. Salem, Mass., February, 1876. No. 2.
One Dollar a Year in Advance. Ten Cents a Single Copy.
Regular Meeting, Monday, February 7, 1876.
Meeting this evening. The President in the chair.
Records read.
Mr. S. G. "W. Benjamin of Boston gave a lecture on
"The Theory and Practice of Art," which was attentively
listened to by a large and appreciative audience.
The high expectations which the lecturer's reijutation
as a writer had excited, were not disappointed. The
paper presented was an eminently able and finished pro-
duction, giving, in terse and attractive style, a vast deal
of information to the uninitiated in art matters.
" The lecturer commenced with a brief statement of the
development of interest in the fine arts, in America, dur-
ing the last quarter of a century, and warmly commended
the progress that had been made. But by the very ra-
pidity of that progress we are in danger of being super-
KSSEX INST. BULLETIN. VIII 2 (9)
10
ficiiil, a danger to be guarded against by understanding
the real character and scope of art.
Art Avas defined as the otrspring from the poetic yearn-
ings and emotions suggested by aspirations after the true,
the good, and the beautiful. In the strict meaning of the
term, it is the appeal to the imagination through the eye,
by means of external forms. Religious architecture has
been in the past the first of the arts to receive attention.
Sculpture follows and then the arts of design. Only the
highest art is cosmopolitan. Tlie criticism was passed
upon French art that it confines itself to the expression
of the beautiful, wdiile the Germanic races make place for
the moral element. The ideal is the ultimate aim of
art, and no technical excellences can atone for its absence.
The fine arts and the industrial arts, it was claimed, stand
on the same level, when the expression of the l)cautiful is
the common aim. Cellini is no more an artist when he ex-
ecutes his silver statue of Perseus, than when he designs
his silver salt cellar for Francis First. The limitations
and modes of art were next discussed. The plastic arts
and the arts of design constitute the two grand divisions.
The three grand limitations are form, light and shade,
and color. The arts of design include form, color, and
light and shade, and, requiring for their perfection the
whole art triad, deservedly take the highest rank.
Color was declared to be the emotional element in
painting. In some people it awakens the same feelings
as music. Scarlet is the emblem of rage. Turner added
awful significance to his picture of the slave ship, throw-
ing slaves overboard, by representing the sun, the hue of
blood, sinking low down over a gray waste of angry sea.
Black and white are hues in harmony with our more
solemn emotions. Color appeals more to the soul than
to the intellect. A scientific knowledire of chromatic
11
effects is essential, and comes only as the result of study,
observation and practice.
In the application of these fundamental principals of
the arts of desicfn to practice, four points are to be mas-
tered : perspective, tone, values, and composition. Per-
spective is linear and aerial ; the former founded upon
the conver<2:ence of imaginary geometric lines, the latter
a matter of feeling and observation. Tone is a term bor-
rowed from music, suggested by the limited power of
material colors to give the impression of light. White
is the starting point, and everything in the picture has to
be i)itched on that key. The stronger the etiect required,
the lower must be the tone. The term "values" is used
to indicate the equilibrium between a given eflect and the
materials at command. Only great artists can disregard
them with safety. Composition is the application of all
these principles to the conception of a work of art. Ex-
amples were given of artists who had excelled in each or
all of these particulars. Artists as a whole are agreed
u[)on these theories, but ditfer when they come to reduce
them to practice ; and on this point a very sharp and de-
served criticism of many art critics was given. The least
diversity between theory and practice is found in the
plastic arts. In regard to the arts of design there is
endless controversy. A consideration of the comparative
merits and demerits of water colors and oil pigments fol-
lowed, and the excellences of each stated, the large pref-
erence in point of dignity and durability being given to
paintings in oil. In this department every great artist
has his own method of employing colors.
The lecturer then explained the importance of careful
study and application, while at the same time the super-
human power of real genius Avas admitted. This point
Avas exquisitely illustrated by a description of a church
12
spire ill Brittany, "a tower from whose floor one looks up
to the finial at the extreme top, through a hollowed shell
of stone tracery work three hundred feet high, entirely
clear of brace or buttress, pier, beam, or bracket, nothing
to break the astonishing sight but the doves flying in the
dizzy cavity, and the sun flashing here and there through
the open carvings, while the wind breathes, from age to
age, a grand reolian chant through that organ of granite."
The comparative merits of painting from models, or
from memory and imagination, received attention, and
great stress was laid upon the importance of proficiency
in drawing, before attempting to work in colors. The
proper canons of art criticism and judgment on the part
of the general public were very succinctly and fairly
stated. It should be unprejudiced, and take into account
the artist's purpose, with constant remembrance that we
may be tempted to condemn what is really admirable in
its way, but not addressed to our personal taste, which
may be one-sided and partial.
The lecture closed with a brilliant characterization of
art, as the embodiment of the " life blood of master
spirits," as a historic record, giving events an immortality
in form and color, and as a minister to man's highest na-
ture. It was finely written, and well delivered, and those
who were not present may comfort themselves with the
thought that they missed one of the most exhaustive and
instructive lectures that has ever been given in Salem.
W. H. Simonds, Jr., of Salem, and E. P. Robinson of
Saugus were elected resident members.
13
Regular Meeting, Monday, February 21, 1876.
Meeting this eveninj?. The President in the chair.
Records read. '
The new draft of the By-laws was read, as follows : —
ARTICLE I. — MEMBERS.
Skctiox 1. Any person may be elected a member, at a Regular
Meeting by a majority of the members present and voting, the name
of such person having been proposed in writing by two members at a
previous meeting.
Sect. 2. Any person not residing in the County of Essex may be
elected a corresponding member upon nomination by the Board of
Directors, but corresponding members shall not be eligible to office,
or entitled to vote. Any member removing from, or residing out of
the county, may become a corresponding member, by giving notice of
liis intention and pacing all arrears.
ARTICLE II. — OFFICERS.
Section 3. The officers shall be a President, four Vice-Presidents,
a Secretary, a Treasurer, an Auditor, a Librarian, and Curators of
Departments who, with the Chairmen of the Standing Committees,
shall be the Board of Directors.
Sect. 4. The Board of Directors may appoint an Associate Curator
of any department upon nomination of the Curator of the same depart-
ment; and may appoint an Assistant Librarian, upon nomination of
the Librarian. But the appointment of such Associate or Assistant,
shall not make him a member of the Board of Directors.
Sect. 5. The Board of Directors may at any time remove an Asso-
ciate Curator or Assistant Librarian.
ARTICLE III. — COMMITTEES.
The following Committees shall be chosen at the Annual Meeting:
Section G. A Finance Committee (of which the President shall be
ex officio Chairman, and the Treasurer ex officio a member), to have
the direction of the funds of the Institute, in accordance with the Act
of Incorporation, and of such investments of funds as may be neces-
sary.
Sect. 7. A Library Committee (of which the Librarian shall be ex
officio a member), who shall make an annual examination of the con-
dition of the Library.
14
Sect. 8. A Committee on Publications, who shall have the manage-
ment of all publications of the Institute, and regulate the manner of
tlieir distribution.
Sect. 9. A Lecture Committee, who shall liave charge of all lectures
and public meetings, except such as may be held or given for the ben-
efit of a special department of the Institute, and except Field Meet-
ings.
Sect. 10. A Committee on Field Meetings (of which the Secretary
shall be ex officio Cliairman) who shall determine when and where
Field Meetings shall be held, and shall have the general management
of the same.
Sect. 11. Each of these Committees, unless herein otherwise pro-
vided for, shall choose a Chairman, whose election shall be immedi-
ately certified to the Secretary, and such election shall constitute him
a Director.
Sect. 12. The several Committees shall report at the Annual Meet-
ing.
ARTICLE IV. — DEPARTMENTS.
The Management of the Institute shall be divided into the follow-
ing Departments : —
Section 13. The Department of History, which shall include His-
torical Materials and Antiquities.
SEcr. 14. The Department of Manuscripts.
Sect. 15. The Department of Archteology, which shall include Eth-
nology.
Sect. 16. The Department of Numismatics.
Sect. 17. The Department of Geology, which shall include Miner-
alogy, and Palaeontology.
Sect. 18. The Department of Botany.
Sect. 10. The Department of Zoology.
Sect. 20. The Department of Horticulture.
Sect. 21. The Department of Technology.
Sect. 22. The Department of Music.
Sect. 23. The Department of Art, embracing Painting, Sculpture,
and Engraving.
ARTICLE v. — MEETINGS.
Section 2i. Regular Meetings shall be held on the first and third
Mondays of each month, at the Rooms of the Institute, at T-i o'clock,
p. M. The second meeting in May shall be the Annual Meeting.
Sect. 25. Special Meetings may be called by order of the President,
or at the written request of five members. Business to be transacted
at a special meeting shall be limited to the subjects stated in the call.
15
Skct. 26. Field Meetings sliali he lield at such times and places as
the Field-meeting- Committee may designate.
Sect. 27. The Board of l^irectors shall meet on the first and third
Mondays of each month, at 7 o'clock, r. m., at the Rooms of the Insti-
tute, and at such other times as they may be called together by the
President.
Skct. 28. Five members shall be a Quorum for holding any meeting
of the Institute, or of the Board of Directors, but any less number,
of whom the Secretary shall be one, may have power to adjourn the
meeting.
Sect. 29. Officers shall be elected at the Annual Meeting, but va-
cancies may be filled by election at any Regular Meeting.
Sect. 30. All Elections shall be by ballot, and by a majority of the
members present and voting.
ARTICLE VI. — DUTIES OF OFFICERS AND COMMITTEES.
Section 31. The President, or in his absence one of the Vice-
Presidents, shall preside at all meetings of the Institute, and of the
Board of Directors. The President shall be ex officio Chairman of the
Finance Committee.
Sect. 32. The Secretary shall give notice of all meetings and record
their proceedings; shall notify all members and officers of their elec-
tion; shall have charge of all papers and documents relating to the
general business of the Institute; shall conduct the general corres-
pondence ; and shall report the doings of the Institute during the year,
at the Annual Meeting. He shall acknowledge the receipt of all dona-
tions except those to the Library. He shall record in a book kept for
that special purpose the By-laws of the Society and the names of its
members, with the date of their election, and whenever any alteration,
amendment, or repeal of the By-laws is made, the same shall be en-
tered in said book. He shall be ex officio Chairman of the Field-meet-
ing Committee, and shall perform such other duties as the Board of
Directors shall from time to time designate by vote.
Sect. 33. The Treasurer shall be ex officio a member of the Finance
Committee, and shall keep an exact account of all his receipts and
expenditures, and shall submit his report, after examination by the
Auditor, at the Annual Meeting.
Sect. 3L The Auditor shall audit all accounts of the Treasurer, Cu-
rators and Committees, and shall report at the Annual Meeting.
Sect. 35. The Librarian shall be ex officio a member of the Library
Committee. He shall receive, and have the custody of, all books and
other printed works, maps, charts, and diagrams of the Institute ; shall
attend to their arrangement, cataloguing and preservation; shall con-
duct the correspondence relating to the Library and acknowledge all
16
donations thereto; and shall report on its condition at the Annual
Meeting.
Sect. 36. The Library Committee shall divide the books, and other
articles, belonging to the Library, into two classes; namely, (A) those
which are not to be removed from the building, except upon the written
permission of the Library Committee; (B) those which may circulate
under such rules as may be prepared by the Library Committee, and
approved by the Board of Directors, which rules shall have the force
of By-laws. A copy thereof shall be pasted on the cover of each
volume.
Sect. 37. The Board of Directors shall have full power to transact
all the general business of the Institute, except the election of members
and otiicers ; and may, when they deem it best, refer any matter to the
general meeting of the Society for its action. They shall decide,
subject to the control of the Society, how and when the general re-
sources of the Society, not devoted to any particular department, shall
be expended; and shall assign all space or location of specimens for
each Department, and shall determine all questions that may arise
between any of the Curators.
Sect. 38. The Curators shall have charge of their respective Depart-
ments, and shall have full power relating to the collection, care and
preservation of the specimens or materials relating thereto : provided,
however, that any alteration of the general plan or principle of arrange-
ment of any department and the removal of specimens or other mate-
rial except for the purpose of exchange, shall be made only with the
consent of the Board of Directors, or under such regulations as they
may, from time to time, prescribe. Curators shall have charge of all
Lectures, Exhibitions, or Entertainments, given for their respective
Departments. All moneys or funds that may at any time be raised by
any Curator, or that may come into his hands for the benefit of his
Department, and the net proceeds of any Lecture, Exhibition or En-
tertainment under his charge, shall be deposited by him with the
Treasurer, wlio shall give him a receipt therefor, and place the amount
to the credit of that Department. Each Curator shall have authority
to draw upon the Treasurer from time to time, for the purposes of his
Department, to the amount standing to its credit; excepting, however,
such funds as may be permanently invested, of which the income
only, shall be subject to such authority. P^acii Curator shall report on
the condition and wants of his Department, at the Annual Meeting.
ARTICLE VII. — ASSESSMENTS.
Section 39. An assessment of three dollars shall be paid by every
member on admission, and annually thereafter on the third Monday in
May.
17
Sect. 40. No member who shall be in arrears for one year shall be
entitled to vote or hold any office ; and any member so in arrears, who
shall refuse or neglect to pay his dues for six months after being notified
thereof by the Treasurer, by written notice duly recorded, shall cease
to be a member of the Institute. Provided, however, that any member
may, in lieu of the annual assessment, pay the sum of thirty dollars,
to be added to the funds of the Institute, tlie annual interest thereof
to be considered as the payment of the annual assessment of said
member.
Sect. 41. Members elected more than four months, and within eight
months after an Annual Meeting, shall have one dollar deducted from
the next annual assessment; and members elected eight months or
more after an Annual Meeting, shall have two dollars deducted from
the next annual assessment.
Sect. 42. The President and Treasurer may exempt members from
assessments, when they may deem it for the interest of the Society.
ARTICLE VIII. — APPROPRIATIONS.
Section 43. No Member, Officer, or Committee, except the Board of
Directors, shall incur any debt whatever in the name of the Institute ;
but whenever money shall be expended under any appropriation, an
account of receipts and expenditures, with the vouchers therefor, shall
be rendered to tlie Treasurer by the party having the same in charge,
and the net i-eceipts, if any, shall be paid into the Treasury within
thirty days after the object for which the appropriation was made
shall have been accomplished.
Sect. 44. When no appropi'iation shall have been made, a statement
of all receipts and expenses incurred shall be made to the Treasurer
in like manner ; and when all bills shall have been paid, the net receipts
shall be turned over to the Treasurer, unless it have been otherwise
previously ordered by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors
may, in either case above named, in the name of the Institute, assume
all liability for any such debt as may be outstanding, when the balance
of said receipts shall have been placed in the Treasurer's hands ; pro-
vided they are satisfied that the gross receipts exceed all expenses
incurred by the party in charge, and that the business or entertain-
ment has been previously authorized by the Institute or the Board of
Directors.
ARTICLE IX. — ROOMS.
Section 45. The Rooms shall be open to members and the public at
such times and under such regulations as the Directors may determine.
Sect. 46. Visitors may be introduced by any member.
18
ARTICLE X. — AMENDMENT OR ALTERATION OF BY-LAWS.
Srctiox 47. The By-laws maybe altered, repealed or araended by
the votes of two-thirds of the members present and voting, at a Reg-
ular Meeting, notice of the proposed alteration, repeal or amendment,
having been given in writing at a previous Regular Meeting.
The Secretary announced the following correspon-
dence : —
From American Antiquarian Society, Jan. 22; E. T. W. Baker, Dorchester, Feb.
11; S. G. W. Benjamin, Boston, Jan. 25, Feb. 9; N. H. Chamberlain, Cambridge,
Feb. 9; C. F. Crocker, Lawrence, Feb. 11; Frank M. Etting, Philadelphia, Penn.,
Feb. 10; V. A. de Gourguez, Bordeaux, Jan. 25; R. M. C. Graham, New York,
Jan. 21; J. C. Holmes, Detroit, Mich., Jan. 4; T. H. Johnson, Jan. 6; D. B. Kim-
ball, Jan. 4; A. R. Knight, Dec. 27; E. D. Marchaut, Boston, Feb. 17; John T.
Moulton, Lynn, Jan. 4, Feb. 18; J. Munsell, Albany, N. Y., Jan. 29; J. D. Philbrick,
Boston, Dec. 30; Ranioul Literary Society, Rautoul, 111., Jan. 19; E. P. Robinson,
Saugus, Feb. 11; John Robinson, Jan. 19; St. Petersburg, Jardin Imperial de
Botaniqne, Dec. 19; Salem, Ladies Centennial Committee, Jan. 8; Horace N.
Smith, Jan. 5; M. E. Williams, Jan. 27.
The Librarian reported the following additions : —
By Donation.
Bleck, E. F., of Bethlehem, Pa. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 9.
Cutler, A. E., of Charlestown, Mass. Report of the Managers of the Win-
chebter Home Corporation, Jan., 187G. 8vo pamph.
Frothingham, Richard. The Battle Field of Bunker Hill. 8vo pamph.
Green, S. A., of Boston, Mass. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 8.
Holmes, John C, of Detroit, Mich. The Detroit Conglomeration, Jan. 31,
Feb. 1, 2. 3, 4, 5, 7, 1876.
Humphreys, A. A. of Washington, D. C. Report of the Chief of Engineers,
1875. Vols. I, II. 2 vols., 8vo.
Hunt, Mrs. T. U. S. Naval Astronomical Expedition. 2 vols., 4to. Report on
the U. S. and Mexican Boundary. 1 vol., Ito. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 50.
Hunt, T. F. Log Books, 2.
Kimball, James. Dialogues on Theology, by D. N. Prime. 1 vol., 12mo. Cape
Ann Advertiser, Jan. 7, 14, 21, 28, Feb. 4, 11, 1876.
Lee, Francis H. Miscellaneous pamplilets, 45.
Manning, R. C. Boston Advertiser for Jan., 1876.
Palfrat, C. W. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 58.
Robinson, John. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 113.
'1 hompson, Ciias. p., M. C. Wilson's Report on the Credit Mobiler. 1 vol., 8vo.
Report Poland Committee. 1 vol., 8vo. Smithsonian Report, 1874. 1 vol., 8vo.
Report of the Commissioner of Education, 1874. 1 vol., 8vo.
U. S. BURE.iu of Navigation. Astronomical and Meteorological Observations
for 187S. 1 vol. 4to.
Waters. J. L. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 15.
Williams, James, of Columbus, Ohio. Report of the Auditor of State, 1875.
1 vol., 8vo.
19
By Exchange.
American Philosophical Society. Proceedings of. Vol. xiv, No. 95. June-
Dec, 1875.
American Geographical Society. Bulletin, 1875-76. No. I.
Boston Public Library. Bulletin for January, 1876.
Boston Society of Natutial History. Proceedings. Vol. xviii, Jan., 1876.
Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences. Bulletin. Vol. iii, No. II. 1S75-6.
8vo.
Dresden, Naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellchaft-Isis. Sitzungs-Berichte
Jahrg., 1875. Jan.-Juin.
Dresden, Verein fur Erdkunde. xii Jahresbericht. 1875.
Emden, Natukforschenden Gesellschaft. Sechzigster Jahresbericht, 1874.
8vo.
Harvard College. Eeport of the President and Treasurer of. 1874-75.
Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society. Annual Report, 1874-5.
Liverpool Literary and Philosophical Society. Proceedings. No. xxix.
1874-75.
London Royal Society. Proceedings of. Vol. xxii. Nos. 151-155. Vol. xxiii.
Nos. 15'J-163. 1874-75.
New England Historic-Genealogical Society. Proceedings of the. Jan.
5, 187G. Brief History of the, N. E. Historic-Genealogical Register, 1847-76.
N. Y. Genealogical and Biographical Society'. Record. Vol. vii. No. 1.
Jan., 1876.
N. Y. State Library-. Report of the Trustees of the. 1874. 1 vol., 8vo. Report
of the Regents of the University, 1874. 1 vol., 8vo. Report of the Regents of the
University on the boundaries of the State of N. Y., 1873. 1 vol., 8vo.
Peabody Academy of Science. Memoirs of the. Vol. i, No. IV. Dec, 1875.
Somersetshire Arcileological and Natural History Society. Proceed-
ings for 1874. Vol. xx. 1 vol., 8vo.
Stockholm, Konegliga Svenska Vetenskap-Ak adejhen. Handlingar, Band
9, 10, 1-2, 1870, 1871, 1873. Oversigt, Vol. 20, 29, 30, 1871-1872-1873. Bihang, Band I,
No. 1, 2, 1872; Band II, No. 1, 2, 1873. Lefnadsteckningar, Band Hafte 3, 1869-73.
St. Gravenhague, Entomological Society of the Netherlands. Tijd-
schrift Voor Entomologie, Vol. 17, 1873-74.
Throndjem Konegelige Norske Videnskabers-Selskab. Aarsberetning
for 1874.
Upsal Societe Roy'ale des Sciences. Nova Acta. Ser. iii. Vol. ix. Ease. I,
II, 1874-1875. Bulletin, Vol. v, Nos. 7-13, 1873. Vol. vi, 1874.
Vermont Historical Society. Governor and Council. Vol. 3, 1782-1791. 1
vol., 8vo.
Vermont State Library. Senate Journal, 1874. 1 vol., 8vo. House Journal.
1874. 1 vol., 8vo. Transactions Dairymen's Association, 1875. 1 vol., 8vo. School
Laws of Vermont, 1875. 1 vol., 8vo.
Wisconsin State Historical Society. Annual Report, 1876.
Publishers. American Journal of Sciences and Arts. American Naturalist.
Beetle and Wedge. Boston Daily Globe. Bradford New Era. Gardener's Monthly.
Gloucester Telegraph. Haverliill Gazette. Ipswich Chronicle. Lawrence Amer-
ican. Lynn City Item. Lynn Reporter. Lynn Transcript. Nation. Nature.
Peabody Press. Salem Gazette. Salem Observer. Salem Post. Salem Register.
Turner's Public Spirit.
The President iutroduced Eev. N. H. Chamberlain,
of Cambridge, who delivered an eiitei'tainiiig lecture on
20
"The way of making orators." Mr. Chamberlain traced
the history of oratory and public speaking from an early
age to the present time, and in this connection gave a
brief but interesting sketch of the life of Francois Del-
sarte, the founder of "the Practical School of Esthetics
and Art" in Paris, which was very celebrated; reciting
particularly some of the incidents of Delsarte's early
days, his many bitter struggles and disappointments, the
success that attended his first appearance on the stage,
bis subsequent brilliant career as a singer and actor until
an impaired voice compelled him to retire ; the subse-
quent devotion to his studies and to the establishment of
his school. Delsarte was a descendant of the Delsartos
of Italy ; born in the north part of France, Nov. 11, 1811,
died July 20, 1871.
The lecturer claims to be a believer in Delsartism, and
said it had been called a science, and in his opinion
justly. Mr. Chamberlain gave several short readings
and recitations showing the difference between a correct
and faulty rendering of the various passages.
At the close of the lecture on motion of Mr. W. P.
Upham, a vote of thanks was passed to Mr. Chamberlain
for the lecture delivered this eveniusr.
BULLETIN
Vol. 8. Salem, Mass., Mar., Apr., Mat, 1876. Nos. 3, 4.
One Dollar a Tear in Advance. Ten Cents a Single Copy.
Kegular Meeting, Monday, March 6, 1876.
Meetinof this eveiiino:. The President in the chair.
Records read.
William P. Upham, Esq., read a very interesting
paper narrating
INCIDENTS DURIXG THE OCCUPANCY OF BOSTON BY THE
BRITISH TROOPS IN 1775-6.
These incidents were gleaned from many family letters,
journals, diaries, etc., that had recently come into his
possession, or had been loaned to him for the preparation
of this paper.
Among them were many letters written at that period
to Oliver Wendell, a merchant in Boston at the time of
the Revolution. Mr. Wendell was in consultation with the
early patriots of the Revolution, and contributed to the
country's liberty and independence. He was for some-
time one of the Selectmen of Boston, was often a mem-
KSSEX INST. BULLETIN. VIU 3 (21)
22
ber of the Senate and of the Council under the Constitu-
tion, and was for many years the Judge of Probate for
the County of Suffolk. He was residing, January 1,
1775, on the corner of School Street opposite the King's
Chapel.
The shutting up of the port of Boston by the Boston
Port Bill, June 1, 1774, produced the greatest suffering
and distress, and aroused the intensest indignation through-
out the whole country. The people could not submit ;
there was a feeling that the evils of war were imminent :
"and a gloom settled upon the inhabitants of Boston and
the surrounding towns which is reflected from the corres-
pondence and journals of the time." On the 19th of
April, 1775, all intercourse between the people of Boston
and the country was cut off by order of Gen. Gage ; but
on the 2 2d an agreement was made that the inhabitants
might, upon surrendering their arms, "leave the toAvu
with their families and effects, and those who remained
might depend upon the protection of the Governor."
Gage subsequently violated this agreement, at first ob-
structing such removals and finally denying passes for
that purpose.
A century has passed since the occurrence of the facts
which were here recited, and although our country, dur-
ing that interval, has several times been engaged in war,
especially in the recent civil conflict (1861-65), yet the
scenes have been so far removed from our hearth and
homes that we know but little of its direful effects, and
consequently can scarcely realize the trying events that
our ancestors were encountering at the opening of the
Revolutionary struggle, the centennial anniversaries of
the leading events of which are now in process of a due
commemoration by a grateful posterity. Much has been
written on these subjects, and the admirable work of
23
Hon. Richard Frothiiigliam on the Siege of Boston seems
to be almost exhaustive, yet the recital of the daily notes
and record of events, either in letters between members
of the same family, or those engaged in close business
connections, or in diaries, give an insight into the inner
life of the people -which has necessarily escaped, to a cer-
tain extent, the notice of the historian or the annalist.
Mr. Upham spoke about an hour and was listened to
with marked attention by an appreciative and large audi-
ence.
The President, Mr. A. C. Goodell and others, spoke
in continuation of the subject, and expressed much inter-
est in the communication, which was referred to the
appropriate committee for publication in the Historical
Collections of the Institute.
The new draft of the By-laws was passed through its
second readins:.
Wednesday, March 8, 1876.
This evening, A. H. Johnson, M. D., gave the first of
his series of lectures
ON THE RELATIOX OF MIND TO THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.
The lecture, which was mainly introductory, presented
such anatomical details, illustrated by diagrams, as were
necessary to the full comprehension of the lectures to
follow. The diagrams alone, exhibiting the comparative
anatomy of a dozen brains of different animals, furnished
conclusive evidence for the speaker's theory, that mental
power generally corresponds to the size and quality of the
cerebrum. The doctor confined himself closely to fticts,
and wasted no time whatever over theories, and his lee-
24
tiires will do much good by attracting attention to the
subject, and furnishing indisputable facts.
Our conception of a human being, the lecturer said,
necessarily embraces not only a mind with its character-
istics, but also a physical frame with its attributes and
accomplishments. The animal and the spiritual, the
physical and the mental, whatever may be the degree of
their distinctness, the measure of their independence, or
the method of their connection, are indisputably united.
" What God hath joined together, let no man put asun-
der." If one would understand the laws and workings
of the human mind, he should study it in its connections
with the body with which it is so intimately blended. It
is in such a study that the lecturer proposed to ofler a
little help. An intelligent discussion of physiological
facts presupposes some knowledge of anatomy. To in-
sure a clear understanding of the facts with which we are
especially to deal, it is necessary to somewhat particu-
larly describe the structure and operations of the nervous
system.
Wednesday, March 15, 1876.
This evening was given the second of Dr. Johnson's
series of lectures. In continuation of the physiological
portion of his subject, the lecturer brought forward facts
to show that the functions of the brain must largely de-
pend upon the character of its blood supply. From
these and facts adduced at the previous lecture it appears
that some thought does not require us to suppose it to be
the activity of a soul using the brain as an instrument.
He assumed that it was generally conceded, that the
mental faculties of animals are not the manifestations of
25
a spiritual nature. Since the human brain, the special
organ for intelligent life in animals, appears in a much
more highly developed form in man, we are justified in
considering it capable of producing mental phenomena
of a higher grade and perfection. That we have, in addi-
tion to the physical mental faculties which we hold in
common with the lower animals, a spiritual nature, which
merges in, harmonizes with and controls them, and that
this spiritual nature, together with the experience it gains
through connection with our physical bodies is imperish-
able, is a truth of revelation.
The lecturer then copiously illustrated the automatic
action of the brain, some of the conditions under which
it occurs, and its effects in the production of illusions,
through its action upon the sensorium (or ganglia at the
base of the brain) , as explained by Dr. Carpenter.
The inhibitory action of the brain, first demonstrated
by Brown Sequard, was then explained and discussed
with special reference to the inhibitory action of predom-
inatino; thouofhts.
Turning from the more strictly physiological portion of
his theme, the lecturer sought first to remove objections
to the facts he had presented, raised by those who fear
that they may be used to remove moral responsibility by
representing man as a mere product of material forces.
He showed that physiological facts do not and cannot
deny the existence of a soul, nor do they account for the
soul's origin or existence.
Whether a laro^e number of our mental faculties have
been prepared for us by the slow process of development
and evolution, is immaterial.
The product and its future we esteem above the man-
ner in which it came into existence.
26
Regular Meeting, Monday, March 20, 1876.
Meeting this evening. The President in the chair.
Eecords read.
Mr. John Robinson gave an interesting and instructive
lecture
ON FERNS.
Mr. Robinson has made the study of ferns a specialty,
and has in his greenhouse an extensive collection, speci-
mens from which were exhibited, much to the gratifica-
tion of the attentive audience.
Mr. Robinson commenced by stating in what part of
the vegetable kingdom the ferns stood, as compared with
other plants, jDarticularly those called flowerless, or Cryp-
togams. He said it was difficult to draw the line between
the various orders of this great class of plants, and that
they can hardly be separated from the flowering plants
by any clear line, as the higher orders of the cryptogams
approach so nearly the lower orders of flowering plants.
Commencing with the spore, or seed, it was followed
through all its stages of growth. The root, stem, and
fronds were duly considered ; the diflTerent modes of fruit-
ing were spoken of and compared ; and in closing an
account was given of the natural distribution of ferns and
the places most favorable to their production and growth.
The lecture was illustrated by excellent diagrams, and
also by living specimens of tropical ferns.
Messrs. T. J. Hutchinson and William S. Hutchinson
of Salem and M. M. N. Fiske of Ipswich were elected
members.
The new draft of the By-laws having been read at two
27
previous regular meetiugs, passed its third readiug and
Dr. AYm. Neilson moved :
That the By-laws as now read be accepted and adopted
as the By-laws of the Essex Institute, in lieu of the for-
mer Constitution and By-laws, which are consequeutly
repealed.
This motion was then put in the form of a vote and
was unanimously adopted.
Wednesday, March 22, 1876.
Dr. A. H. Johnson gave the third lecture of his course
this evening. He said that anxieties arise lest any ad-
mission of a physical basis for much of mental life should
destroy convictions of man's moral responsibility. Per-
versions of physiological facts may lead indiscreet persons
into a ruinous fatalism. So may a perversion of the doc-
trine of divine leniency lead some into reckless living.
Properly applied, the truths concerning the dependence
of mental and spiritual power upon our physical organi-
zation more exactly define the limits of moral obligation.
While corporeal states and measure of nerve power may
determine possibilities and obligations in moral and relig-
ious experience, the origin of these bodily conditions en-
ables us to determine when and where to attribute guilt.
A dyspepsia Avhich poisons the whole conception of
duty may have been innocently incurred, in which case it
will excuse misconceptions of privilege and duty. But
if excesses in food, or recklessness as to the time of eat-
ing, or a waste of energies have occasioned the disorder,
here a point of responsibility for mental depression is
found, and also a place indicated at which corrections for
28
the existing evil should be applied. If in the one case
the fact of a morbid state of the body removes the obli-
gation to feel courageous and hopeful, it also indicates in
the other case the obligation to use conscientiously the
means to maintain bodily health.
A full recognition and wise teaching of the anatomical
and physiological relations of the mind, so far from weak-
ening, will on the contraiy strengthen the sense of moral
responsibility. If by such learning, the range of our
responsibility' becomes limited in one direction it becomes
increased in many others. "With a more exact definition
of the bounds of obligation, words of comfort and encour-
agement may change places with words of condemnation,
but the moral struggle of the will against perverse incli-
nations will still go on, although its method may be
changed.
Having answered some objections to a statement of the
physiological relations of the mind, the lecturer then said
that a study of the structure and functions of the nervous
system led to conclusions which profoundly affect the
relative moral value of various mental experiences. The
emotions we have in common with the lower animals.
They are the physical response to ideas which originate
either from impressions received from external objects or
from the mind. They are the excitation of the physical
organization. This fact would seem to indicate the low
order of emotional experiences in themselves considered.
The emotions should not be confounded with the appetites
on the one hand, nor the affections on the other. Appe-
tites are desires for some bodily gratification. The afiec-
tions lie as far above emotions as the appetites do below.
Emotions are transient states. Affections are persistent
associations of the mind with certain objects and inclina-
tions towards these objects. The very nature of mere
I
I
29
emotion reveals its moral worthlessness. In itself con-
sidered it has no more moral significance than muscular
spasms. The morality of an emotion depends upon our
choices to contemplate the object which calls it into exer-
cise.
After eulogizing the power and value of the emotions in
moral and religious reforms, the lecturer said that it was
manifest that the temptation to abuse them has a mani-
fold power. The proper order for moral and religious
instruction is clearly indicated. We must address our
efforts to give and guide thought fitted to excite feelings.
To reverse this order is fraught with danger. It is not
only to put a mere outward expression in the place of an
internal reality, but it is to set loose a force whose inten-
sity we do not know and the direction of whose working
may be toward moral disaster instead of moral life.
Having explained and variously illustrated this state-
ment, the lecturer then passed to the discussion of the
mystical interpretations which certain morbid and star-
tling disturbances of the mind had received from those
who were ignorant of their physical origin. De Quin-
cey's passionate love for the three-years-old daughter of
Wordsworth and the visions of her form to which he was
subject ; Pascal's visions, his belief in their supernatural
origin, and the ascetic life he led in consequence ; Lu-
ther's interviews with Satan and the preposterous conclu-
sions to which they led him, — were adduced to illustrate
how nervous disturbances may lead to spectral illusions,
while the last two instances show that dangers attend a
too ready belief in the supernatural origin of remarkable
mental experiences.
These experiences, when they occur in persons whose
characters and piety we respect, if they have a reverent
form, we are too much inclined to accept as the result
30
of an extraordinary divine influence. What appears so
harmless when endorsed in certain hallowing connections,
may, having once obtained high sanction, reveal a widely
pernicious influence if its testimony be claimed under
other circumstances.
Wednesday, March 29, 1876.
Dr. A. H. Johnson's fourth and last lecture on The
Relation of the Mind to the Nervous System was deliv-
ered this evening.
The lecturer said that the state of the various tissues,
fluids, viscera, and functions of the body are almost con-
stant factors in mental products. The customary diet,
the habitual practice in the use of food, may have quite
as much influence as scholastic training in deciding for a
life-time the spirit, methods, and direction in which men-
tal powers shall be exerted. It is not needful to induce
all the prominent symptoms of dyspepsia, before the mind
will show that things so vulgar as the components of the
daily meals are toning, and limiting, and almost dictating
its action.
Indifierence to literary pursuits, flagging enthusiasm in
mental work, impatience in analytic thought, easy, super-
ficial, inefficient study of facts and truths with which one
is especially called to deal, are not always indications of
defects in direct mental training ; they may be symptoms
of the oppression of various organs which are vainly
seeking to rid the body of refuse and superfluous nourish-
ment. Overwork in the digestive organs may produce a
more or less complete inhibitory action upon the brain.
A certain amount of nervous action is required to carry
on the process of digestion.
I
31
The mind is likely to be trained according to the meas-
ure of elasticity and freedom allowed it after the general
functions of the body have appropriated what nerve
power they require. The ^persistency of bodily sensa-
tions may give them an educational power more potent
in deciding spontaneous mental action than the drill of
studies.
Among the agencies which very strikingly affect men-
tal power and dispositions is the state of the air by which
the body is surrounded. A warm temperature produces
its repressive action upon the mind by the effect of heat
upon the vasomotor system of nerves. Variations in the
jpurity of the air, even more markedly than changes in
its temperature, modify the action of the brain. It has
been found that eloquent harangues were far from being
as efficacious in dispelling apparent spiritual apathy and
obduracy, as an abundant supply of fresh air. Drowsy
brains, in ill-ventilated rooms, may blunt the points of
the most piercing shafts of truth.
Physical exercise, other things being equal, so directly
determines the quality, amount and pressure of blood in
the head that its effects upon the development and action
of the brain become very apparent. Beneficial as physical
exercise proves itself to be, if it be too severe, continu-
ous, or prolonged, it may arrest mental activity. So also
intense efforts of the mind may arrest physical develop-
ment. The proper co-ordination of these two depart-
ments of nervous life needs a careful consideration. For
the highest equable development of both the physical and
mental powers, their exercise must be properly propor-
tioned. The special culture of either generally results
in the impoverishment of the other. The undoubted
healthful influence of gymnastic exercises and athletic
sports both upon the mind and upon the body should not
32
be allowed to blind us to the evils arising from their
abuse.
Having illustrated the dependence of mental activity
upon the character and quantity of food, upon the purity
and temperature of the air, and upon the amount and
degree of muscular exercise, the lecturer said that did we
realize how largely what we esteem our supremely intel-
lectual life receives influential promptings from functional
processes in obscure and despised organs of the body, we
should not only be amazed, but be inclined to esteem phys-
ical training quite as important as the inculcation of ideas.
The lecturer then passed to speak of the physical basis
for the controlling power of thought. Thoughts consume
nervous force. Thoughts according to their intensity
may have an inhibitory action on each other. If this be
so it follows that the best conflict with one's evil propen-
sities is indirect — that is, by immediate exercise of our
faculties with thoughts and deeds conscience approves,
rather than by attempts to increase the power of the will
to rule, by drilling it in direct contests with vicious in-
clinations. If to expel evil we call in virtuous thoughts
to occupy our mental energies, we intensify habits of
mental action which will automatically assert their exis-
tence, and evil propensities will waste and weaken and
perish from disuse.
This course of lectures has been listened to with deep
interest, not for entertainment only, but principally to
ascertain from a scientific stand-point the "mysterious
connection between mind and matter" acknowledged and
recognized by all, but capable of full comprehension by
those only who are willing to patiently investigate the
subject. Dr. Johnson is entitled to gratitude for the
light he has thrown upon this important subject.
33
Regular Meeting, Monday, April 17, 1876.
Meeting this evening. The President in the chair.
Records read.
S. H. Gookin of Salem was elected a resident member.
Charles H. Higbee gave a familiar lecture on Sea-
weeds, illustrating his remarks with lantern pictures
under the charge of Mr. E. Bicknell. He also exhibited
many beautiful and well preserved specimens of pressed
seaweeds.
Adjourned.
Regular Meeting, Monday, May 1, 1876.
Meeting this evening. The President in the chair.
Records read.
On motion of Mr. A. C. Goodell :
Voied, That the thanks of the Essex Institute be ten-
dered to Dr. A. H. Johnson for his instructive and pro-
foundly interesting lectures "On the Relation of the Mind
to the Nervous System."
On motion of Mr. T. F. Hunt :
Voted, That the thanks of the Essex Institute is hereby
tendered to the Ladies' Centennial Committee of Salem
for their very generous gift in aid of making an exhibit
of the history of Salem at the International Exhibition at
Philadelphia, the present season.
Voted, That a committee be appointed to prepare a list
of officers for the year ensuing, and to report a printed
ballot at the annual meeting. May 15.
Messrs. William Neilson, James Kimball, William D.
34
Northend, James A. Gillis, and the chair, were appointed
on the above committee.
Rev. Richard M. Hodges, of Cambridge, was elected a
corresponding member.
Vice President F. W. Putnam occupied the evening
with an extended discourse
ox THE ANCIENT PERUVIANS.
He stated that he had been led to a special study of the
arts and culture of this prehistoric race by the very im-
portant and large collection of articles from the ancient
graves, tombs and ruins in Peru which had recently come
under his charge at the Peabody Museum of Archaeology
and Ethnology in Cambridge. This most valuable addi-
tion to the Museum was collected by Mr. Alexander
Agassiz and his assistant, Mr. S. W. Garman, and pre-
sented to the Museum by Mr. Agassiz. In the same
Museum are many vases and other articles from Peru,
presented by the late Professor Louis Agassiz, and ob-
tained during the Hassler Expedition. The Peabody
Museum thus contains the most important collection of
Peruvian antiquities in this country, and furnishes the
means of comparison, not only between the nations of
Peru and those of other countries, but also between the
ancient peoples of different parts of Peru. For this
purpose the large collection of human remains in the
Museum, consisting of several hundred skulls and a num-
ber of perfect bodies, or "mummies," collected by Mr.
Squier and Professor and Mr. Agassiz, is of the greatest
importance, and from the study of these remains from
different localities, and a comparison of the works of art
from the corresponding places, it is evident that there
were two contemporaneous tribes or peoples who differed
in many respects, and it is also very probabk that these
35
two ti'ibes had come down to historic time, as the Quechiia
and Aymara tribes, though very much deteriorated and
degraded since the Conquest. The Quechuas were prob-
ably formed by the union of various small tribes adopting
a common language, which Forbes considers as probably
founded on the older Aymara. From a study of the arts
as shown by the specimens of weaving, etc., and espe-
cially of the pottery, it is hardly to be doubted that there
was also a much higher development, at what is consid-
ered by Forbes as the ancient site of the Aymaras, about
Lake Titicaca and especially at Tiahuanaco, all the pot-
tery from this region being far superior in shape, design
and execution, as well as generally of a different pattern,
from that of the coast. Mr. Agassiz also arrived at the
same conclusion from an inspection of the ancient ruins
about the lake, and has stated that there is evidence of
an intrusion of a later people at various places, as shown
by two styles of architecture, one of which has been in-
truded upon the other. That these ancient people of the
lake region were the ancestors of the Aymaras may be
probable, but if so, even these Indians which have re-
mained the purest and most isolated of all the Peruvian
and Bolivian tribes, must have deteriorated, or have been
disturbed in their development toward a higher civiliza-
tion, even prior to the mythical Inca times. The lecturer
here exhibited a large collection of photographs illustrat-
ing the several comparisons he had made, and showing the
various kinds of architecture as exhibited by the ruins on
the islands of Titicaca and Coati, and of several other
places ; also photographs of different localities in Peru, in
order to show the various natural conditions now existins:
in the several regions whence the collections were obtained
by Mr. Agassiz, to whose kindness he was indebted for
the use of the photographs on this occasion. A number
86
of other photographs, taken from specimens presented to
the Peabocly Museum by Mr. Agassiz, and illustrating the
several forms of mummies and the method of burial, were
also exhibited. The bodies taken from the tombs, or chul-
2)as, in the high Andes, several of which have their heads
artificially elongated, were either entirely devoid of cover-
ing or had only a braided cord wound about them. Those
from the burial places (graves in the sand) near the Pacific
coast, at Ancou and Pisaqua, were enclosed with cotton,
leaves, and various articles, in large bundles or bales of
cloth, which were carefully corded and then covered with
rushes.
Several crania from the difierent localities were exhib-
ited, and their characteristics pointed out. Articles of
clothing were shown, and also pieces of cloth which had
been woven, net and embroidered in many, and often
elaborate patterns, some of the pieces being entirely of
cotton, others of cotton and wool, and still others proba-
bly all of wool. Various other articles were exhibited in
order to make more apparent the several facts mentioned
by the lecturer. An oil painting, by Mrs. David, was
on the stage and was used by Mr. Putnam in illustrating
his remarks. This picture had been made by the artist
from a group of the articles taken from the graves at
Ancon, and beautifully and accurately represented several
of the choicest specimens brought from Peru by Mr.
Agassiz.
As the special account of Mr. Putnam's Peruvian stud-
ies will be published in another connection, only a very
general and brief notice of his lecture has been given
above. The lecture was listened to throughout with
marked attention by a large audience, and the various
articles upon the table were afterwards examined with
much interest.
The meeting then adjourned.
BU L L E T I N
ESSEIX: IIsrSTITTJTE.
Vol. 8. Salem, Mass., May, 1876. No. 5.
One Dollar a Year iu Advance. Ten Cents a Single Copy.
Annual Meeting, Monday, May 15, 1876.
Meeting this evening at 7.30 o'clock. The President
in the chair. Records read.
The Secretary announced the following correspon-
dence : —
From S. F. Baird, Washington, May 8; E. F. W. Baker, Dorchester, Mar. 21 ; C.
F. P. Bancroft, Andover, Mar. 6; A. Graham Bell, Boston, April 10; C. H. Bell,
Exeter, N. H., Mar. 3, 11; Brcsil, Commission Geologiqne de rEmpiie, Feb. 16;
Haydn Biown, West Newbury, May 8; Matthew Cooke, London, Feb. 11; A. W.
Corliss, Camp Mc'Dowell, Arizona Terr., Feb. 10; F. M. Et'ting, Philadelphia,
Penn., Mar. 4, 18, Apr. 10, 20; M. H. Fisk, Ipswich, May 6; A. C. Goodell, Jr., Mar.
5; Julia Ward Howe, Boston, Mar. 21; S. C. Jackson, State labrary, Boston, May
9; O. A. Jenison, Lansing, Mich., Aiir. 4, May 4; Kansas Academy of Science, Mar.
11; T. Cushing Ladd, Philadelphia, Apr. 5; J. Francis Le Baron, Boston, May 10;
George B. Loring, Feb.2(;; Madrid, Observatorio de, Feb. 21; E. S.Mills, Brooklyn,
N. Y., Mar. 22; D. Moore, Salem Gas Light Co., May 4; Moscou, Societe Imperiale
des Naturalistes, Apr. 10; New York Academy of Science, Mar. ; W. D. Northend,
Apr. 15; Charles Palmer, Ipswich, Feb. 20; Paris, Societ(5 d'Anthropologie, Apr. 3;
Francis Peabody, Boston, Apr. 6; F. B. Perkins," Boston Athensum, May 10; J. D.
Philbrick, Feb. 25, Mar. 21; Edward Porter, Lexington, Apr. 11; M. A.Porter,
Treas. Ladies' Centen. Com., Salem, May 13; Abby S. Richardson, New York, Mar.
7; E. p. Robinson, Saugus, May 1, 9; John Robinson, Feb. 23; Leverett Saltonstall,
Boston, Apr. 15, May 4; Sampson, Davenport & Co., Feb. 28, Apr. 1; lion. Binney
Sargent, May 11; Scribner, Armstrong & Co., New York, Mar. 1; Smithsonian In-
stitution, Apr. 15; Richard S. Spofford, Washington, Apr. 11 ; Charles P. Thomp*
ESSEX INST. BULLETIN. VUI 4 ' (37)
38
son, M. C, Washington, Feb. 2G; C. O. Tliompson, Worcester, May 8; A. R. Turner,
Jr., Boston, Apr. 4; U. S. Bureau of Eilucation, Mar. 24, Apr. G; Oliver Warner,
State Library, Boston, May 5; William II. Yeomans, Columbia, Conn., Mar. 9.
The Librarian reported the following additions : —
Brj Donation.
Atwood, E. S. Miscellaneous volumes, 5.i.
Bell, Chas. H., of Exeter, N. H. Exeter in 1876. 8vo pamphlet.
BOLLES, E. C. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 7.
Boston, City of. City Documents. 1875. 3 vols., 8vo.
Buffalo Young Men's Association. Report. Feb. 28, 1876. 8vo.
Burr, Fearing, of Hingham, Mass. The Town of Hingham in the Civil War,
1861-65. 1 vol., 8vo.
Conant, W. p., of West Newbury. The Triumphs of Temper. 12mo. 1804.
Cook, James P. Report of the Directors and Treasurer of the Maine Central
Railroad Company, 1S75. 8vo pamph.
Dane, Joseph F. Memoir of Francis Dane. 26 copies.
Drake, S. A., of Boston, Mass. Catalogue of the Library of S. G. Drake. Part
I, II. 1876.
Flanders, G. P., of Lowell, Mass. Municipal Register of Lowell for 1875. 1
vol., 8vo. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 4.
FooTE, Henry W. King's Chapel and the Evacuation of Boston. 8vo.
jGarnett, a. S., of . Treatise on tlie Hot Springs of Arkansas. Svo pamph.
, GiLLis, J. A. Addresses on tlie Death of J. B. Rice, A. Crocker, S. F. Hussey,
Sam'l Hooper. Feb. 20, 1875. 1 vol., Svo.
Goodell, Jr., A. C. JNIiscellaneous pamphlets, 125.
GaSTORTEN, Alex., of St. Petersburg. Hebrew Book.
<JREEN, S. A., of Boston, Mass. Fifth Registr;vtion Report of Michigan, 1871. 1
Tol., Svo. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 54.
Hartranft, John F., of Philadelphia, Penn. Pennsylvania Archives, 2nd
Series, Vol. III. 1 vol., Svo.
Harvard University, Busset: Institution. Bulletin, Pt. V, 1876. Svo pamph.
HiGBEE, Chas. H. The Royal P>hie Book, 1839. 1 vol., 12mo.
HiTCUiNGS, E. H., of Boston, Mass. Elements of Chemistry. 1 vol., Svo. Way-
land's Moral Science. 1 vol., I2mo. Boston Directory, 1862-3. 1 vol., r2mo. No-
tices of Rare Tracts. 1 vol., 12mo.
HOLDEN, N. J. The Commonwealth for, 1875.
Hough, F. B., of Lowville, N. Y. Historical Sketch of the Mt. Holyoke Semi-
nary, 1876. Svo pamph.
Hunt, T. F. Anniversary of the First Religious Society of Newburyport, 1725-
1875. Svo pamph.
Kimball, James. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 9.
Kingsley, J. S. Catalogue of Dean Academy, 1875. Svo pamph.
Ladies' Centennial Committee of Exeter, N. H. Exeter in 1876. Svo pamph.
Lee, John C. Commercial Bulletin.
LOWELL, Old Resident's Historical Association. Contributions of, No.
II. Feb., 1876. Svo pamph.
McGeary, James. The Medium and Daybreak, Vol. 6, 1875. 1 vol., royal Svo
1875-1876. 23 numbers.
Morse, E. S. The Orient. 15 numbers.'
Paine, Nath'l, of Worcester, Mass. Portraits and Busts in Public Building at
.Worcester, Mass. Svo pamph.
I
39
Prescott, Jeremiah. Report of the Manager of the Troy & Greenfield Rail-
road and Hoosac Tunnel. Dec. 31, 1875. 8vo pauiph.
Poole, W. F., of Chicago, 111. The Ordinance of 1787 and Dr. Manasseh Cutler.
8vo.
Putnam, F. W. New York Tribune, Feb., Mar., Apr., 1876.
Salem, City of. City Documents, 1875. 1 vol., 8vo.
Stevens, Anna C. The Climate and Disease of America during the Revolution.
Thompson, Chas. P., M. C. Addresses on the Death of J. B. Rice, etc., Feb.
20, 1875. 1 vol. Addresses on the Death of Wra. A. Buckingham, Feb. 27, Mar. 1,
1875. 1 vol. Mineral Resources West of Rocky Mountains. 1 vol. Revised Stat-
utes relating to District of Columbia. 1 vol.
Towne, W. B., of Milford, N. H. Historical Address at Amherst, 1874. 8vo.
Tucker, Jonathan. Miscellaneous papers, 40.
U. S. Department of Interior. Department of the Interior. Circulars of
Information of the Bureau of Education. Nos. 1-8. 1875.
U. S. Patent Office. Official Gazette. Mar. 28, Apr. 4, 11, 18, 1876.
Waters, J. Linton. Service and Hymn Books. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 12.
AVhipple, Ge( >. M. Biographical and Genealogical Sketches of Wm. Blackstone.
8vo pamph. To-Day. 1 vol., 8vo.
Wilder, Marshall P., Boston. American Pomological Session, 1875. 4to.
WoRTHEN, A. H., of Springfield, 111. Geological Survey of Illinois, Vol. VI.
By Exchange.
American Antiquarian Society, Worcester. Proceedings of. Oct. 21, 1875-
Berlin, Vereines zur Beforderung des Gartenbaues. Monatsschrift-
Jahrg. xviii, 1875.
Boston Society of Natural History. Proceedings of. Vol. xviii, pt. 11.
June-Jan., 1875-76, and Sigs. 13, 14, Feb., 1876. Memoirs, Vol. ii, pt. iv, Apr., 1876.
BowDOiN College. Catalogue of, 1875-76.
Canadian Institute. Journal. Apr., 1876.
Cherbough, Socii!:te Nationale des Sciences Naturelles de. Memoires,
Tome xviii. 1874. 1 vol., 8vo.
Dresden, Naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft " Isis " in. Sitzuugs
Berichte. Jahrg., 1875.
Dublin, Royal Irish Academtt. Transactions of. Vol. xxiv, pts. ix, xvi,
xvii, 1870. Vol. XXV. 1872-75. Proceedings of. Vol. I, Ser. II. 1871-73. Nos. 5-
10. Vol. II, Series II. 1875. Nos. 1-3.
Frankfurt a. M. Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
Bericht. 1873-74. 8vo pamph. Abhandlungen, Band ix, Heft, iii, iv. 1874-75.
The annual reports of the Secretary, Treasurer, Cura-
tors and Standing Committees were read and accepted,
and from them the accompanying
RETROSPECT OP THE YEAR
has been compiled, presenting the work of the Institute,
in its various departments, since the last annual meeting.
Members. — Changes occur in the list of our associates
40
by the addition of new names and the withdrawal of some
by resignation, removal from the county or vicinity, and
by death. Fifty-six resident members have been elected.
The present number is five hundred and fifteen. Four-
teen members have died, all having passed the meridian
of life, and eight the alloted period of three score years
and ten. Some of them had been connected with the
Institute from its organization.
Samuel Gardner Drahe^ born at Pittsfield, N. H., Oct.
11, 1798; died in Boston, June 14, 1875. Son of Sim-
eon and Love Muchamore (Tucke) Drake. At the age of
eio-hteen he went as a clerk to his uncle's store in Boston.
Taught school several years in Loudon, N. H., and in
New Jersey. In 1828 began business as a bookseller,
and except about a year and a half spent in Europe, was
identified with that business in Boston until his decease.
In July, 1830, he established the first antiquarian book-
store in Cornhill, Boston. This store soon became the
resort of the literary men of that day, Bancroft, Hildreth,
Prescott, Sparks, Everett, and others well known, and
became a kind of literary exchange. In 1845 five gentle-
men, one of whom was Mr. Drake, originated the New
England Historic-Genealogical Society, whose building is
now on Somerset street, Boston. He originated the New
England Historical and Genealogical Register, the first
Dumber of which was issued in January, 1847. For the
first fourteen years, 1847 to 1861, he was the publisher,
and a large part of the time, editor of the Register. His
best known works are "Book of the Indians," "History
and Antiquities of Boston," "Founders of New England,"
etc. He possessed a large library of 15,000 volumes
and 30,000 pamphlets directly or collaterally relevant to
American History. He had been President of N. E.
Hist. Gen. Society and of the Prince Society, and was
41
also connected with many other historical societies. He
was elected a member Feb. 14, 1849.
Charles Wentworth Upham, son of Judge Joshua Up-
ham, a royalist in the Revolution, born at St. John, N. B.,
May 4, 1802, graduated at Harvard College in 1821, or-
dained at Salem Dec. 8, 1824. Colleague with Rev. Dr.
John Prince of the First Church. Relinquished the min-
istry Dec. 8, 1844. At different times editor of Christian
Review and Christian Register. Mayor of Salem in 1852.
A member in Massachusetts House of Representatives,
of which he was speaker, also of the Massachusetts Sen-
ate, and its president in 1857 and 1858. Representative
in U. S. Congress in 1853-56, and of the Massachusetts
Convention in 1853. In 18^8 he published "Letters on
the Logos," "Lectures on Witchcraft" in 1831, "Life of
Sir H. Vane" in 1835, "Life of J. C. Fremont" in 1856,
"Salem Witchcraft," in 1867. He was a frequent con-
tributor to leading reviews and magazines and author of
several orations, pamphlets, etc. He was always inter-
ested in the various institutions of Salem promotive of
education and culture. He contributed several papers to
the Historical Collections of the Institute, among Avhich
may be mentioned Memoirs of George A. Ward, Francis
Peabody and Daniel P. King. His last jjreat work was
the completion of the "Life of Col. T. Pickering" (which
was commenced by Octavius Pickering, who prepared
and caused to be printed the first volume), in 4 vols.,
8vo,a valuable contribution to history and a just tribute
to the memory of a patriot of the Revolution, who was a
friend and counsellor of Washington, both on the field
and in the cabinet. Mr. Upham died in Salem on Tues-
day morning, June 15, 1875. His wife, Ann Susan,
daughter of the late Rev. Dr. Abiel Holmes of Cam-
bridge, and two sons, William Phineas and Oliver Wen-
42
dell Holmes, survive. He was elected a member of
Essex Historical Society March 1, 1825.
WinsIo2v Lewis, of Boston, widely known in many dif-
ferent walks of life, died on Tuesday night, August 3,
1875, at the house of his son, Dr. George H. Gay in
Grantville. He was son of Winslow and Elizabeth
(Greenough) Lewis and was born in Boston, July 8,
1799. Graduated at Harvard in 1819, studied medicine
with Dr. John C. Warren and took his degree in 1822,
afterwards pursued his studies with the celebrated Aber-
nethy of London and Dupuytren of Paris. On his return
he commenced practice in Boston, and soon rose to dis-
tinction. He was consulting surgeon in the Massachu-
setts General Hospital, and during a successful, extensive
and varied practice of thirty-five years educated hundreds
of young men, many of whom are now eminent in their
profession. He was a scholar, and had an interest in
books and the best literature. He translated from the
French "Gall on the Brain," in 6 vols., edited an edition
of Paxton's Anatomy, and gave many addresses before
literary and scientific societies. He had been President
of New England Historic-Genealogical Society and of the
Boston Numismatic Society. Aside from the profession,
his great interest was in Free Masonry. He filled every
post of service and honor that the order could bestow.
He married, Feb. 22, 1828, Emeline Richards, daughter
of Capt. Benjamin Richards, of New London, Conn. He
was elected a member Feb. 6, 1865.
Jolm K. Wig gin, well known as a collector of antiqua-
rian and historical books, and as a publisher, was born in
Wakefield, N. H., August 5, 1825, and died in Boston,
August 20, 1875. He was elected a member Oct. 26,
185^9.
Increase Allen Lajpham died suddenly at Milwaukee,
43
Wisconsin, Sept. 14, 1875. He was born at Palmyra,
N. Y., March 7, 1811. At one time a civil engineer
employed on the Wellancl Canal and also on the canal
around the Falls of the Ohio at Louisville, Ky. ; from
1833-1835 Secretary of the Board of Canal Commis-
sioners of Ohio. In 1838 he removed to Milwaukee,
where he resided until his decease. In 1862 he was
chosen President of the Wisconsin Historical Society.
In 1873 he was appointed State Geologist and began
making a thorough geological and topographical survey
of the State. He was a prolific writer, having been a
frequent contributof to scientific journals and other publi-
cations. He was elected a member of Essex County
Natural History Society, July 13, 1836.
William PrescoU, son of William and Deborah (Welch)
Prescott, born at Sandbornton, N. H., Dec. 29, 1789.
In early life, a farmer. In 1815 received the Medical
degree from Dartmouth Medical School, and commenced
the practice of the profession at Gilmanton, N. H., where
he remained eighteen years. In December, 1832, he re-
moved to Lynn, Mass., and in September, 1845, to Con-
cord, N. H. In 1852 he relinquished active professional
labor for the purpose of devoting himself to those liter-
ary, scientific, genealogical and antiquarian studies for
which he had a decided taste. He died at his home in
Concord, Oct. 18, 1875. During his residence in Lynn,
he was present and took an active part at the first meet-
ing of the Essex County Natural History Society, Dec.
14, 1833, and was one of the persons named in the Act
of Incorporation. For ten years he was one of the cura-
tors of the Society, and at the time of his removal from
the State one of its Vice Presidents. He delivered a lec-
ture before the Natural History Society in 1838, which
was printed in the Journal, on the Minerals of the South-
u
ern Part of Essex County. His great work, to which he
gave many years of labor, is "A Memoir of the Prescott
Family," in 1 vol., 8vo.
William Ives, eldest son of Capt. William and Mary
(Bradshaw) Ives, was born in Salem, Fel). 15, 1794.
He served an apprenticeship in the office of the "Salem
Gazette" with the late Thomas C. Gushing. In January,
1823, he commenced the "Salem Observer," which assumed
a permanent condition under his management. He was
also for many years well known as the senior partner of
the old iirm of W. & S. B. Ives. He retired several
years since and has passed the interval in the enjoyment
of social life and in reading. He died at his residence in
Salem, Dec. 12, 1875. An original member of Essex
Gounty Natural History Society, 1833.
John Merrill Bradbury died at his residence in Ips-
wich on Tuesday, March 21, 1876. He was the son of
the late Ebenezer Bradbury of Newbury port, formerly
State Treasurer, and was born in that city Oct. 29, 1818.
He was three years a student in Dickenson Gollege, but
did not graduate ; teacher for several years in Newbury-
port, then chief clerk in the Treasury Department of the
State, and afterwards connected with a banking firm in
Boston ; retired from business in 1866 with a competency.
In 1868 went to Europe and remained there several years.
Mr. Bradbury had a fondness for antiquarian research,
and devoted his leisure and time to the history and gene-
alogy of many old families of Essex County. He was
elected a member Dec 16, 1873.
Josiah Sticknei/. This well known and for many years
active merchant in the metropolis, died at his residence,
on the banks of Charles River, Watertown, Monday,
March 27, 1876. He was the son of AVilliam and Abigail
(Walker) Stickney, and was born at Grafton, Vt., Jan.
45
6, 1789. He removed to Boston at an early age, and
commenced business near the old "Bite Tavern," and was
very successful. He was afterwards interested in sugar
refinery, railroads, and other business operations, and for
many years Director of thq Western, Concord, and Con-
necticut & Passumpsic River Railroads ; also Director and
President of Market Bank. jNIr. Stickney was also prom-
inent as an horticulturist, and long an efficient and inter-
ested officer of the Massachusetts Horticultural Society.
A contributor to the exhibitions, his grounds in Water-
town being always kept in a high state of cultivation, and
furnishing the choicest specimens of fruits and flowers.
He was elected a member Sept. 4, 1865.
Ehenezer Putnam, son of Ebenezer and Sarah (Fiske)
Putnam, was born in Salem, Sept. 6, 1797, graduated at
Harvard in the class of 1815, died at Salem, Apr. 3, 1876.
In early life he was a teacher in the family of Nathan
Read in Maine and also in a family in Virginia. He
afterwards spent some years in mercantile life at the west.
Postmaster of Salem from 1829 to 1840. He was inter-
ested in political history and in the study of the laws
which govern states and nations. He also devoted much
attention to horticulture and in some departments was a
large and successful grower. Associated with his brothers
he largely contributed to the Horticultural Exhibitions
under the auspices of the Institute. He was elected a
member of the Essex Historical Society May 12, 1837.
William E. Doggett, of Chicago, died at Palatka,
Florida, April 3, 1876, where he had gone on account of
failing health. He was born at Freetown, Mass., Nov.
20, 1820. He went to Chicago in 1846, and established
the boot and shoe house of Ward, Doggett & Co. This
connection was maintained untilthe decease of Mr. Ward
in 1856. The present firm of Doggett, Bassett & Hills
«
46
has continued from thcat to the present time. In addition
to this connection he was largely identified with the trade,
commerce, benevolent institutions and progress of Chi-
cago. As Vice President of the Merchant's Savings,
Loan & Trnst Company, and an officer of the Academy
of Science, Chicago Historical Society, Young Men's
Library Association, Athenaeum, etc., he contributed very
materially to the success of these Institutions. In 1858
he married Miss Kate Newell, a lady well known as a
writer and lecturer, who survives him. Some ten or
twelve years since, during his summer residence for sev-
eral seasons at Swampscott, he associated himself with
the Institute, attended the field meetings and took a lively
interest in the promotion of its objects. He was elected
a member July 17, 1865.
Meetings. — During the summer three Field Meetings
have been held. The first at the Chebacco House, in
Hamilton, June 3, 1875. The woods and ponds in the
vicinity are very enjoyable for excursions and meetings
of this character. Communications were made by F. W.
Putnam, on Shell Heaps and Indian Relics at West New-
bury ; A. Osgood, Notice of the Mining Lands at New-
bury ; J. H. Stevens, on the Cane Brakes in Louisiana ;
L. H. Upton, List of Plants found in Flower. Second^
at Byfield, July 1, 1875, the seat of Dummer Academy
and abounding in interesting historical associations. W.
D. Northend spoke of B3^field and the Academy ; and
J. Spofl:brd, F. W. Putnam, John Robinson, Haydn
Brown, Amos Noyes, and S. J. Spaulding ofiered re-
marks. Third, July 27, 1875, at Concord, Mass. The
interest in this historic old town inspired by the events of
the 19th of April, 1775, was freshly awakened b}^ the
commemoration of the present year. Remarks by E. R.
47
Hoar, E. S. Morse, F. W. Putnam, E. C. Bolles, G.
Keynolds, and others.
Regular Meetings. Twenty-one have been held at the
rooms, usually on the first and third Monday evenings of
each month. The papers read and lectures delivered
have proved exceedingly instructive. The following may
be specified : — W. P. Upham, on the Settlement of Kev.
S. Skelton, and on the Siege of Boston ; James Kimball,
on Indian Utensils ; A. Graham Bell, on Visible Speech ;
G. F. Wright, on Indian Kidge and its Continuation in
Andover ; S. C. Oliver, on the Instinct and Intelligence
of Animals ; George M. White, on Pottery ; John Robin-
son, Addenda to the Ferns of Essex County ; E. S.
Atwood, on the Manufacture of Silver Plated Ware; S.
G. W. Benjamin, on the Theory and Practice of Art ; N.
H. Chamberlain, on the Way of making Orators; C. H.
Higbee, on Alga; F. W. Putnam, on the Ancient Race
of Peru.
Lectures and Concerts. — A course of four very able
and instructive lectures on the Relation of the Mind to
the Nervous System were given by Dr. Amos H. John-
son of this city. The lectures were attended by a large
and appreciative audience. The receipts of the entire
course were generously given to the Institute by the lec-
turer.
Under the direction of the Curator of music, four con-
certs were given, which proved highly successful. 1st.
On Monday evening, Nov. 22, by Mr. B. J. Lang and
Miss Ita Welsh; 2nd. On Monday evening, Dec. 13, by
Mrs. J. W. Weston, Messrs. G. W. Sumner and George
Bridgham ; 3d. On Wednesday evening, Dec. 29, by
Messrs. August and Wulf Fries and Arthur W. Foote ;
4th. Monday evening, January 10, by Mrs. Edward
48
Kemble, Mrs. George Upton, Dr. S. W. Langmaid and
Mr. Arthur W. Foote.
Art Exhibition. — Opened at the rooms of the Insti-
tute on Tuesday, Nov. 9, and closed Wednesday the 17th,
under the skilful and tasteful direction of the Curator of
painting and sculpture. It was the generally expressed
opinion that this was one of the most pleasing and inter-
esting exhibitions ever given by the Institute. It was
largely attended and the display of pictures was exceed-
ingly creditable to the taste of our citizens, who cheer-
fully loaned their works of art, many of which were
extremely valuable. The main hall was devoted to the
display of oil paintings, water colors, pen and ink, and
pencil sketches. The eastern anteroom w^as occupied by
the display of bronzes, porcelain and pottery. This was
the first ceramic exhibition in Salem.
Library. — The additions by donations and exchange
during the year were as follows : —
Donations.
Folios, 2 Pamphlets and Serials, . . . 3,065
Quartos, 17 Total of bound volumes, . . 545
Octavos, 412
Duodecimos, 97 Total of Donations, .... 3,610
Sexdecimos, . ; 17
Total, 545
Exchanges.
Quartos, 6 Pamphlets and Serials, . . . 1,191
Octavos, 315 Total of bound volumes, . . 364
Duodecimos, 43
Total of Exchanges, .... 1,555
Total, . .' 364 Total of Donations 3.610
5,165
By Purchase, 43
Quartos, 41
Duodecimos, 2 Total of Additions, .... 5,208
43
49
Of the total number of pamphlets and serials, 1,824
were pamphlets, and 2,432 were serials.
The donations to the Library for the year have been
received from one hundred individuals and twelve soci-
eties and departments of the General and State Govern-
ments. The exchanges from ninety-three societies and
incorporate* institutions, of which sixty-one are foreign;
also from editors and publishers.
The library has been carefully examined and all the
books have been put in good order. The number of ex-
changes has increased during the year. Large additions
have been made to the valuable and full collection of
directories and also to the public documents.
The Assistant Librarian has commenced the prepara-
tion of a catalogue of the books in the upper hall, alpha-
betically by authors. This in its first rough form is now
completed, except only the letter W. This will furnish
a basis for a finished catalogue hereafter. The Secretary
has arranged, catalogued, and placed in convenient folios
for easy reference, the large number of maps, plans, en-
gravings and prints of a miscellaneous character. The
musical library has been rearranged, and the large collec-
tion of programmes, play bills, and musical catalogues
have been placed in folios.
The collection of manuscripts has been placed in glass
cases in the eastern portion of the gallery of the western
anteroom, and are partially put in order. It is intended
to have an index which shall render access to them more
convenient.
Museum. — Many valuable specimens in natural history
have been given during the year, and are on deposit with
the Trustees of^ the Peabody Academy of Science, in ac-
50
cordance with previous arrangements. These have been
reported at our meetings, and have been duly acknowl-
edged to the several donors. In addition to these sev-
eral interesting specimens of an historical character have
been arranged in the rooms of the Institute, and con-
tribute very much of interest and value to the antiquarian
and historical portion of the museum. To the Techno-
logical department several series of specimens have been
added.
t
Publications. — The Bulletin has been continued,
and gives full reports of the doings of the Institute, and
abstracts of papers read at the meetings. The Histori-
cal Collections, Vol. xiii. No. 2, has been printed.
By-laws. — The revised By-laws, adopted in March,
will soon be printed for circulation among the members.
Excursions. — Two excursions arranged by members
and friends of the Institute, one by boat to the Isle of
Shoals, the other by rail to the White Mountains, were
largely attended. They were planned to promote the
social objects of the Institute and were quite satisfactory
in the results.
Centennial Exhibition. — The Directors of the Insti-
tute, in compliance with several official circulars and per-
sonal letters from the Chief of the Historical Department
of the Centennial Exhibition at Philadelphia, voted to
make an exhibit of specimens illustrative of the history
of Salem. Six portraits of persons noted in the early
history, and about one hundred articles of historical inter-
est, also an album containing one hundred and twenty
51
photographs illustrating our city, have been carefully
packed for sending to Philadelphia under the personal
care of an officer of the Institute.
Financial.— The Treasurer's Report shows the follow-
ing receipts and expenditures during the year.
DEBITS.
General Account.
Athenseum, Eetit, etc., $350.00; Salaries, $782.00; Coal, $160.00
Express and Postage, $64.07; Insurance, $40.00,
Binding. $20.00; Gas, $161.53; Publications, $950.93, .
Sundries, $86.77; Expenses of Excursions, $2,077.80
Department of Art, 1874, 1875, $238.24; Stationeiy, 19.23,
Balance of last year's account,
Balance in hands of Treasurer,
$1,292.00
104.67
1,132.46
2,164.63
257.47
89.58
65.85
Historical.
Books,
Natural History and Horticulture.
Books, $3.93; Sundries, $12.50,
Ditmore Fund.
Chicago City Bond vnih accrued interest,
CREDITS.
General Account.
Dividends Webster Bank, ....
Assessments, $1,241.00; Publications, $90.21,
Sundries, $201.43; Excursions, $2,316.10,
Salem AthenEeum, one-half coal and janitor,
Lectures, $165.05; Art Department, $5.80,
Due to late Treasurer and included in a note passed to him Dec. 11, 1875
Historical.
Dividends Naumkeag Bank,
Natural History and Horticulture.
Dividends P. S. & P. R. R.,
Dividends Lowell Bleachery,
Davis Fund.
Coupons Burlington and Missouri R. R.,
Coupons Dixon, Peoria and Hannibal R. R.,
Ditmore Fund.
Received from Executor, .
Coupons Chicago City Bond,
158.00
16.43
1,058.22
$6,339.31
15.00
1,331.21
2,517.53
173.23
170.85
615.49
18.00
16.00
33.00
240.00
140.00
1,000.00
70.00
$6,339.31
52
The following OflScers were then elected, until others
shall be chosen in their stead : —
PKESIDEWT :
HENRY WHEATLAND.
Vice-Presidents :
Abner C. Goodell, Jr.
Frederick W. Putnam.
"William Sutton.
Daniel B. Hagar.
Secretary :
George M. Whipple.
Axiditor :
Richard C. Manning.
Treasurer :
David Pingree.
Librarian :
William P. Upham.
CURATORS :
Jlistori/— James Kimball.
Manuscripts— ^V . P. Upham.
Arc!iceologi/—F . W. Putnam.
Numismatics — M. A. Sticknet.
Geo/ogr;/— AlpheuS S. PACKARD, Jr.
Botany— 3omi Robinson.
^ooZogr?/— Edward S. Morse.
Horticulture — Caleb Cooke.
Painting cf- Sculpture— T. F. HUNT.
Technology— E.Jy^\l•s C. Bolles.
COMMITTEES:
Finance .-
John C. Lee. James Upton. James O. S afford. H. M. Brooks.
'Library -.
Chas. W. Palfrat. Joseph G. Waters. Henkt F. King.
George F. Flint. Wm. Neilson.
Publications .-
Abner C. Goodell, Jr. Edward S. Atwood.
Edwin C. Bolles. James Kimball.
Lectures ■■
William D. Northend. A. H. Johnson. F. W. Putnam. A. L. Huntington.
Field Meetings:
Allen W. Dodge, Hamilton. Francis H. Appleton, Peabody.
Geo. Cogswell, Bradford. Lewis N. Tappan, Manchester.
George D. Phippen, Salem. Francis H. Johnson, Andover,
George Perkins, Salem. R. S. Spofford, Newburyport.
E. N. Walton, Salem. N. A. Horton, Salem.
BULLETIN
OF THE
ESSE2^ IIsrSTITTJTE.
Vol. 8. Salem, Mass., June, July, 1876. No. 6.
One Dollar a Year in Advance. Ten Cents a Single Copy.
Regular Meeting, Monday, June 5, 1876.
Meeting this evening. Vice President F. W. Putnam
in the chair. Mr. T. F. Hunt was elected Secretary,
jpro tern. Records of the preceding meeting were read.
Mr. Putnam exhibited and made remarks on a number
of ancient gold images recently secured by the Peabody
Museum of Archaeology in Cambridge. The articles were
principally from graves near Bogota, New Grenada, and
were particularly interesting in connection with the my-
thology of the ancient race by whom they were made.
J. F. Louffee of Salem was elected a resident member.
Regular Meeting, Monday, June 19, 1876.
Meeting this evening. The President in the chair.
Mr. F. W. Putnam was requested to act in the absence
of the Secretary. Records of the preceding meeting were
read.
ESSEX INST. BULLETIN. VUI 6 (53)
54
The presentation of an interesting collection, from
Alfred Peabody of Salem, suggested remarks from seve-
ral members and occupied the hour of the meeting. This
collection consisted of specimens, in fine condition, of
skins of seven species of birds from Madagascar. Also
the horns of a gemsboc from Madagascar^ and several
botanical specimens from the Cape of Good Hope.
Kegular Meeting, Monday, July 3, 1876.
Meeting this evening. The President in the chair.
Records of the preceding meeting were read.
Messrs. Charles Henry Hart, Frank M. Etting and
Samuel Chew, of Philadelphia, were elected correspond-
ing members.
Helen J. Alniy of Salem was elected a resident mem-
ber.
Field Meeting at Beachmont, Saturday,
July 22, 1876.
The first field meeting of the season was held this day
at Beachmont on the line of the Boston, Revere Beach &
Lynn Raih-oad. The party left Salem at 9.20 a. m., and
Lynn at 10.00, and proceeded to the Ocean House on the
eastern end of the Revere Beach, where two hours were
pleasantly spent in rambling over the fine beach and en-
joying the refreshing sea breeze. At noon the cars were
taken for Beachmont, the place of rendezvous, near the
western end of the beach. This remarkable elevation
rises directly above the southern shore of Lynn Bay.
On its eastern extremity the rollers break as they come
in from the open sea. The \ie\v from the summit is
55
varied and beautiful. Boston, Cliarlestown , Clielsea,
Maiden, Saugus, Lynn, Swampscott and Nahant in all
their diversified beauties, while the blue expanse of the
ocean with its numerous sail and the occasional passing
steamer, form a grand panorama that is seldom equalled.
Nestling near the southern base is the little town of Win-
throp, with its rural and pastoral appearance in striking
contrast to its surroundings, which are essentially marine.
This locality is well adapted for seaside residences, and it
is to this hill that Dr. Petermann alluded in his recent
address before the American Geographical Society, as
furnishing the most delightful view he had seen in Amer-
ica. At the summit a building has been erected, which
was the headquarters for the day, where the lunch was
partaken and the afternoon session was held.
At 2.30, p. M., the meeting was called to order by the
President. Mr. F. W. Putnam was requested to act as
Secretary in the absence of that officer. Records read.
The Secretary announced the following correspon-
dence : —
From E. P. Ainsworth, June 3; H. J. Almy, July 12; F. H. Appleton, Lynnfleld,
May 25, July 10; E. P. Boon, New York, May 30, June 13; Henry Breed, Lynn,
July 14; S. Chew, Germantown, Penn., July 11; D. P. Corey, Boston, June 27;
Frank M. Etting, Philndelpliia, May 15, 24; D. B. Hagar, May 25; diaries Henry
Hart, Philadelphia, July 10; Samuel Henshaw, Boston, June 20; A.L. Huntington,
June 5; O. A. Jenison, Lansing, Mich., June 30; F. II. Johnson, Andover, May 30;
S. Kimball, Marblehead, July 19; I. P. Langworthy, Boston, June 20; Jacoli Lea-
mon, Condit, Ohio, May 15; G. B. Loring, July 14; Samuel W. McDaniel, Cam-
bridge, May 15; George H. McLean, Wa.shington, Del., July 19; A. S. Packard,
Jr., July 20; E. H. Payson, June 9; David Pingree, May 22; C. P. Preston, Dan-
Ters, June 20; P. D. Richards, Philadelpliia, May 29, July 20; Hor. Binney Sargent,
June 1; C.O.Thompson, AVorcester, May 17; G. M. Whipple, Philadelphia, May
19; G. F. Wright, Andover, June 20; American Social Science Association, Boston,
May 31; Augsburg, Naturhistorischen Verein in, Feb. 1; Bamberg, Naturlbrs-
chende Gesellschal't; Basel, Naturforschende Gesellscliaft, Feb. 22; Berlin, Die
Gesellschaft Natiirforschender Verein, May 22; Boston Society of Natural History,
July 14; Brunn, Naturforschende Verein, Feb. 14; Buffalo Historical Society, May
22, June 20, July 1; Calcutta, Geological Survey of India, Dec. 1; Chemnitz, Natur-
wisseuschaltliche Gesellschaft, Apr. 1 ; Danzig, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Apr.
56
15; Eflinbiirgh, Royal Society, Feb. 21; Erlangen, Physikalisch-metlicinische Soci-
etal, Apr. 8; Freiburg, Natiirrorschemle Gesellscliaft, Mar. 17; Geneve, Societe de
Pliysique et ile Histoire Naturelle, Jan. 25; Lowell Bleachery, July 7; Marburg,
Gesellsc^liaft zur Beforderung der Gesammten Naturwisseuscliaften, April; New
England News Co., July 28; New Jersey Historical Society, June 19, 30; New York,
Academy of Sciences, June 19; New York Historical Society, June 19,30; Ohio
Historical and Philosophical Society, May 22, June 19, July 1; Pennsylvania His-
torical Society, June 17; Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, June 28;
Rhode Island Historical Society, July 19; Salem Hospital, June 29; U. S. Office of
Med. Statistics, May 25; Vermont Histor|ical Society, May 22, July 12; VVaterbury,
Bionson Library, June 1 ; Wien, K. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Dec. 27; Wien,
K. K. Zoologische-botanische Gesellschaft, March; Worcester Lyceum and Natu-
ral History Association, May 24; Yale College, July 15,
The Librarian reported the followiug additions : —
By Donation.
Appalachian Mountain Club. Appalachia. June, 187G. 8vo.
BoLLES, E. C. Homage to the Book. 1 vol,, 12mo. The Pilgrim Series Question
Book. 3 vols., 12mo. National Series of Sunday School Lessons. 2 vols., 12mo.
Miscellaneous pamphlets, 22.
Carpenters' Company, Philadelphia. By-Laws, Regulations and Rules, etc.
1 vol., 8vo. Phila., 1873.
Foster, W. H. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 18.
GooDELL, Jr., a. C. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 139.
Green, S. A., of Boston. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 25.
Humphreys, A. A., of Washington, D. C. U. S. Geological Surveys. Vol. 3,
1876. 1 vol., 4to.
Hunt, T. F. History of Independence Hall, by F. M. Etting. 1 vol., 8vo. 1876.
Celebration of tlie Centennial Anniversary of the Evacuation of Boston by the
British Army, March 17, 1770, by Geo. E. Ellis. 1 vol., 8vo.
Johnson, Thomas H. Salem Post lor 1873, 1874, 1875.
Kimball, James. Cape Ann Advertiser, Mar., Apr., May, 1876.
KiNGSLEY, J. S. Hand-Book of the Kansas State Agricultural College. 8vo
pamph. 1874.
Mack, Esther C. Dwight's Journal of iSIusic, 1862-1872. 6 vols., 4to.
Mack, Wm. Miscellaneous volumes, 31. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 60.
Newhall, Thomas A., Germantown, Penn. List of Emigrants to America,
1600-1700. 1 vol., small 4to. Memoirs of the Historical Society of Penn., Vol. viii.
1 vol., 8vo. History of Essex Co., by Phillip Morant. 2 vols., folio. London, 1768.
Reprint, 1816.
NOURSE, DORCAS C. Oliver Optics for 1870, 1871, 1872, 1873, 1874,
Osgood, Chas. S. Eastern Railroad Investigation, 1876. 1 vol., 8vo. Boston
and Albany Railroad Investigation, 1876. 1 vol., 8vo. Briggs' Investigation, 1876.
1 vol., 8vo.
Palfray. C. W. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 8.
PEA150DY, Alfred. History of the Pacific Guano Company. 8vo pamph.
Perkins, Albert C, of E-xeter. N. H. Catalogue of Officers and Students of
Phillips Exeter Academy, 1875-76. 12mo.
Putnam, P. W. New York Tribune, Apr., May, 1876.
Story, Augustus. Kastner's Archiv fUr die gesammte Naturlehre. 19 vols.,
8vo, Archiv fiir Chemie und Meteorologie. 9 vols., 8vo. 18 other volumes. Also
Miscellaneous pamphlets, 95.
Tucker, Jonathan. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 6.
57
U. S. Patent Office. Official Gazette, Mar. 28, Apr. 4, 11, 18, May 9, 30, June
6,27.
Watson, Caroline A. Holy Bible. 1 vol. London, 1599.
By Exchange.
American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Boston. Proceedings. 1875-
76. 8vo.
American Philosophical Society. Proceedings. Vol. xvi. Jan .-June, 1876
Baltimore, Md., Peabody Institute. Report of the Provost to the Trustees,
June 4, 18G8, June 1, 1870. 2 pamphlets, 8vo.
Berlin, Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu. Sitzungs Berichte
Jahrg. 1875.
Boston Society of Natural History. Proceedings. Apr., May, 1876.
Calcutta, Geological Survey of India. Memoirs, Ser. ix, pt. 2, 3, 1875.
Eecords, Vol. viii, pt. 1, 2, 3, 4, 1875.
Canadian Institute. Journal. July, 1876.
Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences. Transactions of the. Vol.
3, pt. 1. 8vo.
Erlangen, Physikalisch-Medicinische Societat in. Sitzungs-berichte,
Haft vii. Nov., 1874, Aug., 1875. 8vo.
Geneve, SocifiTfi de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle. Memoires, vol.
xxiv, pt. 1, 1874-5.
Georgia Historical Society, Savannah, Ga. Address, Jan. 3rd, 1876, on Ser-
geant Wm. Jasper, by Charles C. Jones, Jr. 8vo. Proceedings of the Dedication
of Hodgson Hall, Feb. 14, 1876. 8vo.
Gottingen, Konigliche Gesellschaft dek Wissenschaften. Nachrichten
Jahrg. 1875. 12mo.
Hamburg, Vereins fur Naturwissenschaftliche Unterhaltunq zu. Ver-
haudlungen, Bd. 11. 1875.
Harvard University, Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin, Vol.
iii. Nos. 11-14. 1876.
Harvard University, Peabody Museum of American Archeology and
Ethnology. Ninth Annual Report of the Trustees of. Apr., 1875. 8vo.
Kjobenhavn, Botanisk Tidsskrift. Tidsskrift, II RtEkke. Band IV. 1874,
Kjobenhavn, Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab. Oversigt, 1874,
No. HI. 1875. No. I.
Konigsberg, Koniglige Physikalisch-Okonoshschen Gesellschaft zu.
Shriften, Jahrg. xiii, xiv. 1873-74.
Lausanne, Societe Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles. Bulletin, Vol.
xiv. No. 75. 1876,
3IARYLAND HISTORICAL SOCIETY. Papcrs relating to the Early History of
Maryland, by S. F. Streeter. Jan., 1876. 8vo pamph.
Massachusetts Historical Society. Transactions, 1875. Part 2. Miscel-
laneous pamphlets, 8.
Mecklenburg, Vereins der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in. xxix
Jahrg. 1875.
Munchen, Koniglich Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Sitz-
ungsberichte. Band I, Heft, iv, Bd. II, Heft, i, ii, 1874. Bd. I, Hell, i, ii, iii, Bd. II,
Helt. i, 1875.
Natural History Society of Montreal. Canadian Naturalist. Vol. vii, Nos.
vii, viii. Vol. viii, No. i. 1875.
Naturhistorischen Vereines der preussischen Rheinlande und West-
FALENS. Verhandlungen. Jahrg. xxxi, Folge iii, Bd. 1, 1874. Jahrg. xxxii, Folge
iv, Bd. II, 1875.
58
Neufchatel, Societe des Sciences Naturelles de. Bulletin. Tome x, lie
Cahier. 1874-75.
New England Historic-Genealogical Society. Register. Vol. xxx, Apr.,
July, 1876.
New York Chamber of Commerce. Eighteenth Annual Report of the Cor-
poration, 1875-76. 1 vol.
New York Genealogical and Biograjphical Society. Record. Vol. vii,
Apr., July, 1876.
New Jersey Historical Society. Proceedings. Vol. 4. 2nd Ser., No. 3, 1876.
Paris, Archiv der Anthropologie. Band viii. Jan., 1876.
Paris, Crosse et Fischer. Journal de Conchyliogie. Tome xv. Oct., 1875.
Tome xvi, No. 1. Jan., 1876.
Paris, Institut Historique. L'Investigateur. Sept., Oct., Nov., Dec, 1875.
Jan., Feb., 1876.
Paris, Soci6t6 d'Acclimatation. Bulletin Mensuel. Tome ii, 3e Serie. Oct.,
Nov., Dec, 1875. Tome iii, 3e Serie. No. 1,2. 1876.
Paris, SociETfi D' Anthropologie. Bulletins. Tome ix, lie Serie. Nov., Dec,
1874. Tome x. He Serie. Juillet-Dec, 1875.
Philadelphia academy of Natural Sciences. Annual Report, 1875. Svo.
Regensburg, Konigliche bayerische-botanische Gesellschaft. Flora.
1875. 1 vol., Svo.
Sampson and Davenport, Boston. Ninety-six Directories of various cities.
Smithsonian Institution. Bulletin of the U. S. National Museum. Nos. 5, 6,
1876.
Societe Geologique de Belgique. Annales, Tome 1, 1874.
St. LOUIS Academy of Science. Transactions of the. Vol. 3, No. 3. 1876.
Publishers. American Journal of Science and Art. American Naturalist.
Beetle and Wedge. Boston Daily Globe. Bradford New Era. European Mail.
Gardener's Monthly. Gloucester Telegraph. Hardwicke's Science-Gossip. Ha-
verhill Gazette. Ipswicli Clironicle. Lawrence American. Lynn City Item.
Lynn Re))orter. Lynn Transcript. Nation. Nature. Peabody Press. Sailors'
Magazine and Seamen's Friend. Salem Gazette. Salem Post. Salem Register.
Salem Observer. Turner's Public Spirit.
The President remarked that the first field day usually
occurs in the early part of June. In this, the centennial
year, so replete with many interesting and all absorbing
exhibitions and commemorations, the accustomed routine
has been interrupted.
He alluded to several rare species of mollusks and
other marine animals that are occasionally found on the
Revere Beach during the lull, or after the close, of an
easterly storm.
The President called on Prof. E. S. Morse, who gave
an interesting and very instinctive general statement in
regard to the formation of hills, and of the existing gla-
ciers on the coast of Alaska. He showed ho.w ridges.
59
like the hill on which the party were holding the meeting,
were made by the masses of ice, or glacier. Another set
of hills are produced by volcanic action ; still another
way of hill making is by the bending of rocks due to the
continued concentration and rending of the crust of the
earth. This, Prof. Morse said, might be illustrated by
chains of mountains, the largest monntains being fonnd
on the borders of the largest areas of subsidence. He
illustrated these formations with a piece of fruit cake,
showing how the cake will bend and finally split, exposing
the corresponding strata on each side in the form of
mountain chains with a valley between. Prof. Morse
mentioned Prof. Niles' experiments on the expansion of
rocks, showing that lateral pressure in rocks exists.
Mr. Geo. Dixon of England spoke of the Winston
dyke, and its formation, and gave a description of the
dyke crossing the German Ocean. Prof. Morse re-
marked on the fluid nature of trap, and the erosion
caused by ice, as in the Connecticut valley, where the
matrix of sandstone has been eroded, leaving the trap
standing and protecting the sandstone below.
Mr. F. W. Putnam said he had looked for a shell
heap said to be on the point, but did not succeed in find-
ing it. He therefore gave a short account of the present
Indic^ns of the plains and the existing Indian War, and
endorsed the views lately expressed by Mr. L. H. Mor-
gan in regard to the proper policy to be pursued in rela-
tion to the Indians.
He then introduced Dr. G. A. Otis, U. S. A., and Cu-
rator of the Army Medical Museum at Washington.
Dr. Otis gave a brief account of the life of the Indian
chief, Sitting Bull, from a pictograph made by that chief
and now in the Army Medical Museum. Dr. Otis also
60
spoke of the advantages enjoyed by members of the In-
stitute, and said he doubted if they were aware of the
high reputation which the society had gained in the esti-
mation of educated and scientific men away from its
immediate location.
Mr. D, M. Balch gave an account of the few minerals
he had been able to find during the morning's ramble.
They consisted principally of the several varieties of por-
phery ; the specimens were exhibited and* elicited some
remarks.
Mr. Dixon spoke of the plants he had found in the vi-
cinity, and remarked on a plant which he stated should be
emblematic of America, the Epigea repens, as he thought
there should be a flower as well as a bird. Mr. Dixon
also discussed the question of what the shamrock was.
Mr. S. C. Bancroft asked for further information in
regard to the shamrock, whether or not it was the same
as the clover. Prof. Morse, in answer to the question,
believed that the word shamrock was known before clover
was introduced, but that afterwards clover took the name
of shamrock.
Mr. Bancroft asked if our common plants, weeds for
instance, were as common in foreign lands as here. Mr.
Dixon answered that many flowers, weeds, etc., come
with civilization, as for instance the wood- wax. He fur-
ther alluded to the trouble we should probably experience
from the introduced sparrow.
Mr. Putnam mentioned that the ornithologists gave
timely warning against the introduction of the sparrow,
and in regard to an emblematic plant he thought that
while the Epigea as a flower would be appropriate, its
present want of a popular name would be against its
general adoption.
BU L L E T I N
Vol. 8. Salem, Mass., August, 1876. No. 7.
One DoUai- <a Year in Advance. Ten Cents a Single Copy.
Field Meeting at Manchester, Thursday,
August 10, 1876.
Members of the Institute and their friends residing in
Salein and the ncii^hborinix towns, took the morninii: train
for Manchester. On arriving at the station they were
met by several gentlemen, and conducted to the Town
Hall, which had been placed at the disposal of the Insti-
tute for the day by the courtesies of the town authorities.
After a cordial welcome, which was extended by Mr.
Lewis N. Tappan in behalf of the citizens, the party,
increased by additional arrivals, separated into groups
and visited the several places of interest which had been
designated, according as inclination prompted. Some
•Nvent to Agassiz Rock,^ a boulder of very large size, situ-
ated upon the top of Beaver-dam hill, about three miles
from the town hall on the Essex road, and rests upon a
small point of another rock so as to allow an ()})cn space
iSec Bulletin of Essex Institute, Vol. VI, page 15S.
ESSi:X IXST. BULLKTIX. VIU 6 (CI)
62
between it and the underlying ledge. Several j'cars since
Prof. Agassiz visited this hill and was much interested in
this particular rock ; and on the occasion of a field meet-
ing of the Essex Institute in this town durius: October,
1874, several members visited the boulder and named it
"Agassiz Rock," in commemoration of that distinguished
naturalist. Some went to Kettle Cove to cxamino two
interesting and remarkable .natural curiosities located in
its vicinity, just Avitliin the limits of Gloucester. One of
.these, a large fissure in the rocks on the seacoast, through
avhich the ocean thunders and tosses its spray, known
iis "Rafe's Chasm." The name is said to be derived from
a man named Ralph, who resided near by. Its length
forms a right angle with the shore, from which it extends
more than two hundred feet. The other is "Norman's
Woe," a laige rock lying a few rods from the shore and
connected with it by a reef of stones which the sea leaves
bare at low tide. Longfellow, in "The Wreck of the
Hesperus," has alluded to this rock and given it a kind
of innnortality. Eagle Head, and sevei'al of the fine
beaches, including the "musical sands," which arc situated
on part of what is known as "Old Neck Beach," or
"jNIiisical Beach," and arc alluded to in a notice of the
meeting on Thursday, August 2, 1866,^ were visited.
This rocky coast is relieved by several of these beautiful
beaches, especially at some of the inlets or coves which
indent the coast and add greatly to the attractiveness of
this town for summer residents. Everywhere the land-
scape is must picturesque and varied. The woods, in-
tersected by numerous brooks and rivulets, offer many
inducements to the botanist to make exi)lorations, and bo
sure of a reward for his toil in the obtaining choice speci-
2 See Proceedings oi Essex Institute, Vol. V, page 57.
63
mens of ferns that thrive so luxuriantly in many of the
cool and sequestered places there found. Also other
plants that thrive in this congenial soil and aspect, speci-
mens of which were placed upon the table for examina-
tion.
The antiquary, as well as the lover of the picturesque
and beautiful in Nature, can find much to interest him in
the examination of the old records and in gathering up the
traditionary lore that alwaj's clustei's around our old New
England towns. Manchester was settled about 1G2(), and
was formerly a part of Salem, and known as "Joffre3''s
Creek," named from William Jeffrey, an early settler and
one of those who, with Roger Conant, John Lyford and
others, separated from their brethren at Plymouth, about
1624, and- joined those of the Dorchester Company who
had set up a fishing establishment at Capo Ann, and
removed thence to Salem in 1G26, and formed the first
permanent settlement in the colony of the Massachusetts
Bay. Incorporated in 1G40 as Manchester. An interest-
ing series of articles on "The History of Manchester," is
in course of printing in "The Beetle and Wedge," from
the pen of John Lee, Esq., for many years the able and
efficient town clerk.
At 1 o'clock the various parties reassembled at the
Town Hall, wher^ lunch was partaken, and the afternoon
session was held. Many citizens of Manchester and
places contiguous were present.
At 2.30 r. M. the meeting was called to order. The
President in the chair. Records of the preceding meet-
ing: were read.
The Secretary announced the following correspon-
dence: —
From Bern, Die Natiu-forachsndc GesoUschaft; J. S. Boothby, Philadulphia, Aug.
64
3; Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, July 21; Calcutta, Geological Survey of
India, Mar. 30; Frank M. Ktting, Philadelphia, July 31; Charles Hammond, Mon-
8on, Aug. ; Henry A. Homes, Albany, July 22 ; Mannheim, Verein fur Naturkunde,
April 4; Lewis N. Tappan, Manchester, Aug. 3.
The Librarian reported the following additions to the
library : —
By Donation.
1 Ai.LEN, Stephen M., of Boston. Religion and Science, by donor. 1 vol., 12mo.
Baxter, J. H., of Washington, I). C. Jledical Statistics of the Provost Marshal.
General Bureau. Vols. 1,2. 2 vols., 4to.
BOLLES, E. C. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 10.
Cloutjiax, Wm. R. Letters by Wni. Warden. 1 vol., Svo.
Hunt, T. F. Nc\y York Mirror, 18:57-38. 1 vol., 4to. Popular Science Monthly,
Aug. Centennial Eagle, July 4, 11, 18.
Johnson, Sajiuel. Kemick's Exposition. 3 vols., Svo. Writings by Prof.
Frisbee. 1vol., Svo. Salem Directories, 18G6, 1859. 1874. 3 vols., Svo. Memoir of
Dr. Holly.- 1 vol., Svo. Heavenly Union. 1vol., Svo. Greenwood's Miscellanies.
1vol., Svo. Seimons of Consolation. 1vol.. Svo. Revised Statutes of Mass., 1836.
1vol., Svo. Greenwood's Sermons. 2 vols., Svo.
NoKRis, C. H. Serraou preached at Lexington, Apr. 19, 1770, by Jonas Clark.
Svo pamph.
Palfuay, C. W. The American State, by W. G. Dix. 1 vol., Svo.
Payson, E. II. The California, 184G, '47, '48.
Perry, W. S., of Geneva, N, Y. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 7.
Putnam, A. P., of Brooklyn, N. Y'. Easter Service of the Church of the Saviour,
Apr. IG, 1870. Svo. Discourse, Jan. 9, 1870. Svo.
Putnam, F. W. Declaration of Independence and Washington's Farewell Ad-
dress. 1 vol., 8vo.
Sanborn, Geo. Ma?s. Legislative Documents, House. 2 vols., Svo. Senate
i vols., Svo. Order of the Day. 1 vol., Svo. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 75.
U. S. Bureau of Education, througli Hon. John Eaton, Commissioner. Re-
port of the Board of Education of New York, 1874, 1875. Maryland, 18";4. Connec-
ticut, 1872. 1873, 1874, 1875. St. Louis, 18'J8-70, 1871-72. Pennsylvania, 1875. Iowa,
1874-75. Mi:^ccllaneous pam))hlets, 84.
U. S. Department of Interior. Congressional Documents, 3rd Session, 42
Cong. 1 vol., 4to. 1st Sess., 43 Cong. 3 vols., Svo. 2nd Sess., 43 Cong. 32 vols.,
Svo.
U. S. Engineers' Office, through Gen. .\. A. Humphrey, Chief of Engineers.
Report of Explorations in Uiah in 1859, by J. H. Simpson. 1 vol., 4to. Washing-
ton, 1875.
U. S. Patent Office. Official Gazette. May 30, June 6, 27, July 4, 11, 18, 25, 1876.
By Exchanrje.
American Association for the Advancement of Science. Proceedings of,
Aug., 187.5. 1 vol., Svo.
Eeulin, Zeitschhift fDr die gesammten Naturwissenschaften. Band xi,
xii. 1875. Svo.
Bologna, Riale Accademia deele ScienzE. Rendicohto, 1875-76. Svo.
Boston Puni.ic Library. Bulletin for July, 1876.
Bremen, Naturwissenscuaft Verein zu. Abhandlungen. Band iv, Heft, iv,
1870. Band v, Hel't. i, 1870.
65
Bnl)N'\, Naturforschenden Vereines in. Vevhandlungen. Band xiii. 8ro .
Katalog. 8vo.
Canada, Geological SURVET OF. Report of Progress for 1874-75. 8vo.
Chemnitz, NAXuftwissExscHAFTLicnEN Gesellschaft zu. Berioht. Jan.,
1873, Dec, 1874. 8vo. Phanerogamcn Flora von Chemnitz und Unigegend. 4to. '
Danzig, Naturfokschende Gesellsciiaft in. Schriften. Band iii, Heft. iv.
8vo.
Frankfurt, Zoologische Gesellsciiaft in. Zoologische Garten, Jahrg xvi,
Nos. 7-12. 1875.
Freiburg, Naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu. Bcrichte. Band vi. Heft,
iv. 8vo.
Le Mans, d' Agriculture, Sciences et Arts de la Sartiie. Bulletin. Tom«
x,\iii. 1875.
Marburg, Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesammten Naturwis-
SENsciiaften in. Sitzungs-berichtc Jalirg. 1874, 1875. Schriften. 1874. 8vo.
Paijis, France, Crosse et Fischer. Journal de Concliyliologie. Tome xvi.
3e Serie. No. II. 1876.
Paris, Society d' Acclimation. Bulletin Mensuel. Tome iii. Nos. 3, 4. 1876.
8vo.
S' Gravenhage, Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging. Tijda-
chrift Voor Entomologie. Achttiende Deel i, ii, iii, iv. Afleveiing. 1874-75.
Societe Estomologique de Belgique. Annales. Tome xvii. Fasc. i, ii.
1874-75. Tome xvili. Fasc. i, ii, iii. 187.i-76. 8vo.
Tasmania, Royal Society of. Notices of Papers and Proceedings of the, for
1874. 12mo.
Vereins fOr Erdkunde. NotizblattTolge'iii, Heft. xiv.
WiEN, K. K. Zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen. Band
XXV. Jahrg. 1875. 8vo.
WOrzburg, Physikalisch-medicinische Gesellschaft in. Verhandlungen.
Nene Folge ix. Band i, ii. Heft. 8vo.
Publishers. American Journal of Science. Beetle and Wedge. Boston
Globe. Bradford New Era. Gardener's Monthly. Gloucester Telegraph. Hard-
wicke's Science Gossip. Haverhill Gazette. Ipswich Chronicle. Lawrence Amer-
ican. Lynn City Item. Lynn Reporter. Lynn Transcript. Nation. Nature.
Peabody Press. Sailors' Magazine and Seamen's Friend. Salem Gazette. Salem
Observer. Salem Post. Salem Register. Turner's Public Spirit.
The President in his opening remarks allnded to the
great pleasure the Institute derives in holding a field day
in this town or vicinity, a locality rich in all that interests
the student of Natural History. The Avoods on the one
side, and the sea-shore on the other, offer an extensive
field for observation and study. Meetings have been
occasionally held near this great belt of woods that
stretches back from the town and extends somewhat
parallel with the coast from Beverly to Gloucester. In
one part arc the Chebacco ponds, a cluster of lovely
lakes lying within the limits of the towns of Essex,
66
Hamilton and Wenham ; in another the swamps where
the magnolia grows in superb luxuriance, and also near
the foot of the trunks of some of the lofty pines and
hemlocks that little alpine plant, the Linnma boreaUs, is
found ; thus representatives of the flora of the North and
of the South find here a congenial soil. He spoke of his
familiarity with, and wanderings through, these woods
and along these shores some thirty or more years since,
and noted some of the great changes that have occurred,
especially by the opening of the railroad, thus render-
ing available the land adjacent to the rocky clifts of
the coast for the summer residences of the citizens of the
metropolis. He recalled some of the incidents of the
early field meetings in this town, and paid a passing trib-
ute of respect to several of those who then took an active
part in our doings and have long since ceased from their
labors.
The President then called upon Vice President F. W.
Putnam, who in response said that he had not had the
opportunity for a ramble, as he did not arrive until noon.
He had, however, seen a number of Indian articles in the
house of General Tannatt, by invitation, and he had been
much interested in a human skull found in Colorado and
now in the General's collection. This skull so closely
resembled the ordinary form of the Algonquin Indians,
such as are found in the Indian burial places in Massachu-
setts, as to load to the belief that it had belonged to an
Indian of the same great family with our New England
tribes, though it was very venturesome to attempt to
place an isolated human skull in its proper ethnic group.
Mr. Putnam then ijave a ijeneral account of the several
forms of skulls prevailing among the American tribes,
and extended his remarks to a brief general review of
67
Inclhins and Eskimos, and their resemblances to others of
the great Mongolian race.
The President remarked, that, in this centennial year
of the Repnhlic, the reminiscences of the past involunta-
rily come to our recollection. On this occasion, those
relating to the early botanists would especially claim our
consideration.
One hundred years since, the far-famed Rev. Dr. M.
Cutler, then the minister of the Hamlet Parish in Ipswich,
since incorporated as the town of Hamilton, roamed
through these woods and was undoubtedly collecting the
materials for his paper, published in 1784, in the first
volume of the Memoirs of the American Academy, enti-
tled "An Account of some of the Vegetable Productions
naturally growing in this Part of America, botanically
arranged." Some fifty years since William Oakcs of
Ipswich, one of the most distinguished botanists of New
England, was collecting the plants of this region. His
writings on these subjects, and the beautifull}' preserved
specimens in his herbarium Avhich he liberally distributed,
gave to these woods a world-renowned reputation as one
of the natural flower gardens of America.
The President then called upon Mr. John Robinson to
give some account of the botany of this vicinity.
Mr. Robinson, in comparing the flora of Essex County,
particularly that of Cape Ann, with more Northern and
Southern regions, said: —
We have here representatives of both the White Moun-
tain and New Jersey plants. Of the species growing at
the base of the White Mountains, there are several Ferns
and Lycopods, two species of Viburnum, the Striped
Maple, American Yew, Red-berried Elder, and many
68
others ; while along the coast the Alpine Potentilla is
often found.
Of the southern species we have the Magnolia glauca,
Yellow Thistle, and perhaps a few others. The White
Cedar ( Oupressus thyoides) reaches here its northern
limit, and its name is in Maine and New Hampshire
transferred to the Arbor Vitce ( Tlnija occicUntalis) , which
has been the cause of much confusion.
Mr. Robinson spoke of the water plants and those of
the seashore, stating that there was a much larger num-
ber of species to be found than most persons supposed,
and considerinof the natural features of the region, the
Essex Flora might claim to be a very rich one.
The carnivorous habits of the Drosera were then de-
scribed with the aid of a diagram. If an insect alights
on the leaf, the tentacles, one after another, curl over and
entrap it. The insect is digested by the plant and then
the leaf opens again.
Darwin's experiments with this plant were then ex-
plained. He tried placing various substances upon the
disc. Meat, he found, was enclosed and digested. Glass
was enclosed for a certain time and then rejected.
Blowing hard upon the plant had no effect upon it.
The secretion he found was almost exactly like animal
pepsin.
In another genus nearly allied to Drosera, the Dionceay
the leaves fold over and inclose insects, which are then
digested ; but in this case the leaves are partly open at
the edges, so that small insects can escape, the larger
ones only being held. These leaves will repeat the proc-
ess two or three times. Two species of Drosera are
common in this locality.
The remarks were closed with some notice of a cone
which was imbedded in the wood of the tree, and exhib-
69
ited by Col. Tannatt. The wood had grown for twenty-
five years in order to entirely cover the cone.
Prof. E. S. Morse made .some additional remarks con-
cerning the Drosera. It may be put to sleep by applica-
tion of ether; paralyzed by pricking at a certain point;
and may even be given a fit of dyspepsia by giving it
certain kinds of food. Prof. Morse also described the
manner in which grasshoppers make their peculiar chirp-
ing noises, and the notes they utter. Sometimes we are
almost deafened by the noise they make. This is pro-
duced by rubbing the legs up and down against the wings.
The rasping vibratir;g surface makes the noise we hear.
It is so high in pitch no musician has yet recognized its
key. In fact some persons cannot hear it ; they are
sound-blind to sounds of so high a pitch. If a whistle
be sounded in presence of a large number of people at a
successively higher and higher pitch, there will be finally
some who cannot hear it, and as the pitch is raised higher
still a larger number of persons will cease to hear it.
The crickets rub the upper wings against the under.
They have a note for sunlight, and a different one for
cloudy weather. The males are in this case the singers.
The cicada sings by means of a tendon stretched across
a membrane which vibrates like a drimi when the tendon
is pulled or twitched rapidly. The vitality possessed by
some of these insects was dwelt upon. A young lady of
Salem, in making a preparation of a grasshopper, dis-
covered that after the head was removed, carrying wi];h it
all the interior portion of the body (disembowelling it in
fact, so that only the outer skin or shell with the wings
remained), certain nerve centres in the rings of the shell
upon being pricked caused the wings to llutter rapidly
for some time.
70
Rev. George L. Gleason, of Manchester, extcncled
greeting to the members of the Institute. Natunil His-
tory was out of his line and he had never given much
attention to local history. He referred to Mr. John Lee
and jNIr. Lewis N. Tappan, both of Manchester, as more
acquainted with the history of the town.
The President then called upon the Rev. James Free-
man Clarke, who was present and responded as follows :
I am much obliged, Sir, for the honor you do me, but
I feel like one who finds himself among a race whose
language he does not understand. I should be very glad
instead of using my own voice to hear more from Prof.
Morse about the voice of the grasshopper. Little was
knoAvn in my younger days about these things of science.
We were taught at Cambridge something of chemistry,
and a very little about geology and mineralogy. But I
remember when I first went to live near the Falls of the
Ohio, I one day found what I supposed to be a petrified
wasp's nest or enormous honeycomb ; but I was surprised
afterwards to learn that it was a fossil. In botany we
were taught, at Cambridge, only the Linntean system ;
and it amounted to learning the names of orders, genera,
etc., and we found it not very interesting. Professor
Nuttall was there then, but we never had any teaching
from him.
I was reminded while listening to Mr. Putnam's ac-
count of the evidence of the movements of races on this
continent, derived from the characteristics of the Indian
skulls found in different parts of the country, of that
collateral branch of knowledge, comparative philology,
by which we study the linguistic characteristics of races.
Perhaps some of you may not know how much light has
been thrown upon the history of the human race by that
71
stiuly. If wo had been told a few years ago that wo
could go back so far (some two or three thousand years
before authentic records) in the history of our race, by
the study of language, we should have thought it a most
amazing statement. But such is the fact, as I can show
you in a few minutes.
It was formerly thought that the Latin came from the
Greek, but we now know that it is the oldest lanijuarie of
the two. It has long been known that there are words
in the Teutonic languages which have a remarkable rela-
tion to words in the Latin and Greek lanjruasres ; but this
was not understood till the Sanskrit language began to
be studied. Sir William Jones found that the piincipal
languages of Asia and Europe had a common origin.
Sanskrit was at tirst believed to be the original parent
language, but it was afterward found to be the ekler sis-
ter. After that was studied we could explain many of
the irregularities of the Greek and Latin words. This is
very apparent in the formation of the substantive verb,
to be. The Latin "Sum, Es, Est" was so irregular that
it was thought by the elder grammarians that "Es," and
"Est," must come from some obsolete root. But in San-
skrit wc find it"Asmi,"I am; "Asi," Thou art; "Asti,"
He is, — which makes the derivation of the second and
third persons plain. In the Zend, or ancient Persian, it
is "Ahmi, Ahi, Asti." In the Gothic it is "Im, Is, 1st."
In the Slavic "Ycsmi, Yesi, Yesto." In the Irish it is
"Esmi, Essi, Esti." So the English word "Daughter"
is in Sanskrit, "Duhitar ;" while in Greek it is "Thuira-
tecr." Here the Zend, which is "Dughtcr," gives tho
connecting link. We now know what the ancient Greeks
did not themselves know, — the origin of this word of
theirs. In Sanskrit it means, not only "Daughter," but
also "Milkmaid." The ancient Ariaus, a pastoral people,
72
and keeping many cows, emploj'ed their djuighters to
milk, and so the one woid was employed in both mean-
ings.
But there are some words in each language entirely
distinct and peculiar to it. We see the reason of this.
When the first parent race emigrated from central Asia
and swept on westward, branches turned off in various
directions, one to the south, another to the southwest,
others to the southeast and southwest of Europe, etc.
Branches flowing to the north formed the great Celtic,
Slavic and Teutonic races.
When these tribes separated from the parent stock they
must have taken with them the civilization which they
had before separating. So the several branches or vari-
eties carried with them the same words for common things
which they all had when together, such as the word for
"House," showing that they lived in houses before migra-
ting from their ancient homes. Thus too we find that there
are similar words in all these great linguistic streams for
ox, horse, sow, mouse, Avheat, clothes, the numerals one,
two, three; also for plough, hatchet, hammer, gold, sil-
ver, copper, tin. But when we find the names of the
same thing differing in all these tribal languages, Ave may
be confident that the original race knew nothing of it,
and did not use it. Such words as that for sail^ or that
for boats, propelled by other means than simple oars, are
not found common to all ; hence they did not have sails
or sail boats when together.
The result of such unexpected new discoveries in so
old a science is finall}' to bring us to the conclusion that
there is no end to knowledge. The discovery of some
new instrument or method of investigation will open to
us means of increasing our knowledge. In our time the
wonderful discovery of the meaning of the lines in the
73
solar spectrum has enabled us to do "what we never could
have done before, or imagined possible to have done.
There is no reason for doubting that many similar potent
instruments for penetrating the mysteries of Nature are
yet to be discovered.
I thank you, ladies and gentlemen of the Essex Insti-
tute, for listening to me so patiently, and wish you all
success in your studies in these deeply interesting depart-
ments of knowleds^e.
Mr. Richard H. Dana being called upon, after dis-
claiming any special knowledge of the subjects discussed,
sa}ing that he could make out as clear a case of ignorance
of scientific questions as could Dr. Chirke, related in con-
firmation of this an incident at his father's house after ho
had graduated. President Woolsey, who was our guest,
asked me if I had seen, in California, the cactus. Not
knowing what the cactus was, I endeavored to get over
the difficulty by saying that I had not been in the interior
where the rich lands and gardens were, but on the dry,
sandy seacoast. My family were somewhat disturbed,
they being aware, as I was not, that the cactus grew in
just such dry, sandy places. I then described a largo
"prickly pear," with its beautiful flower and blossoms,
which we found on the coast, and this, to my confusion,
was the cactus itself.
As Dr. Clarke has said, we collegians thought moral
science the only important study. After graduating at
Harvard I thought of taking a course in philosophy with
Professor Marsh, at Burlington, Vt. He asked me what I
kncAv of natural science. I told him, nothing. To teach
moral and intellectual philosophy thoroughly (he said)
there must be a ground-work of the natural sciences. The
aying of this foundation, I found, would take too much
time, and I did not attempt his comprehensive course.
74
I therefore ciin contribute notliing to your purposes. But
when I have such an opportunity to come and listen to
such dir^cussions I like to take advantage of it.
If I shall not be occupying too much of your time,
Mr. President, I will give an account of my visit to the
volcano of Mauna-Loa during the eruption of 1859, for
the most illiterate savage can describe what he has seen.
The lava flowed through a tortuous course of forty miles
in length. I procured the services of two natives with
their boat to take me to the place where it emptied into
the sea. On arriving near the place the scene became
one of the utmost grandeur. There was no moon, but
the stars shone with tliat brightness which is never seen
outside of the tropics. There was a light and pleasant
breeze. The space Avhich the lava occupied, as it de-
scended into the sea, was three miles in width ; that is to
say, not in an unbroken line, but pouring in, sometimes
at one end, sometimes at the other, and again in the mid-
dle. The lava cools on the surface quickly and assumes a
dark lead color, but where it is hot and flowing, or where
this crust is broken through, it shows a beautiful scarlet
or blood-rod color. As the lava flows slowly along it
meets with obstructions and resisting forces which for a
time create a barrier ; but after a while having risen hiirher
than the obstruction, it overflows, and finally carries away
the debris and bears it along in its course, where it tum-
bles over, sometimes from a considerable height, a mass
of lava,'earth and stone ; and, with a loud hissing noise,
accompanied by a series of explosions like the rattling
of small arms along a line of battle, plunges into the sea.
The molten lava heats the sea, so that it was appreciable
even at the distance 1 was, not less than a mile away. I
endeavored to induce the men to take the boat nearer,
but nothing that I could ofler })revailed upon them to
do so. This reluctance arose partly from their supersti-
75
tion ; the volcano being the residence of their goddess
Pele, whose anger was evinced by its thunderings and
eruptions. They gave, however, as an excuse for not
ap[)roaching nearer, that the heat of the water would melt
the pitch from the seams of the boat, and that we should
all sink. Of this of course there could be no danger,
for I found upon placing my hand in the water that it was
just a little warm.
Imagine such a scene here ; the mountain forty miles
away. You hear of the approach of the lava from day
to day, for it moves slowly in its course to the sea.
"When it reaches Manchester it destroys this place utterl3'',
removing all that is before it, the houses and all the work
of men's hands; the harbor, creeks and all vegetation, in-
volved in one general destruction. In the process of
time the lava cools and cracks; vegetation starts in the
scams and crevices of the sirrface, and finally a new soil
covers it; and you have a new harbor, a new soil, and a
new town, perhaps a mile or two farther into the ocean.
Mr. Lewis N. Tappan was called upon and gave a brief
sketch of the local history of Manchester. It was fiist
settled in 1G26 by a few Hshermen from Cape Ann, Wil-
liam Jeffries, AVilliam Allen, William and John Norman
and others. It was called Manchester sim[)ly because
many of the settlers came from Manchester in England.
Mr. Tappan thought some more appro[)riate name, like
Magnolia, or Masconomo (the name of the Indian cliief
■who brought stiawberries to Gov. Winthrop's party, Avhich
landed here on their way to Salem in June, 1(j30), Avould
have been better. He then referred to the partial destruc-
tion of the schooner "Nancy," by the British, at iAIingoe's
beach, a. d., 1813, and to the tight between thy Chesa-
peake and Shannon, and other naval engagements that
have occurred near the Manchester shore.
76
Rev. C. A. Bartol remarked that he liad great pleasure
in seeing the cup of this communion table passing round.
There should be no war between science, philosophy and
religion. All meet on common ground in pursuit of
knowledge. Philosophy must reign, but must not gov-
ern. It has no right, as religion has no right, to shut
ont any facts that knowledge finds. Religion reigns over
all, but without injustice to any. Life is the nearest
fact, the most universal thing. The mountain crumbles,
but the plant springs up and insects grow. The trees,
the beasts, and the men are of one stufl'. Who can say
what of the mountain is in the man? What of granite in
the plant? What shall we say of the notion of a Deity
as out of matter? This precipitate of mind into matter
ever tends to go back into mind. The Agassiz Boulder
suggests the saying that Queen Elizabeth's mind was like
one of those Druidical rocking-stones, which the slightest
touch can disturb, but the greatest power could not over-
throw. I know a tree near here, three hundred, perhaps
five hundred, years old. We think the tree is the weak
yielding thing. But we know very well how this tree
clings to the rock and sucks food from it, as the child
from its mother's breast. No doubt in those five hundred
years that ledge has changed very much. The rock has
crumbled, but the tree remains. The great sentiments,
the religious sentiments, Avill survive after all these hard
elements of nature have melted and changed and i)assed
away. Here is illustrated the inunortality of the prin-
ciple of life.
The time drawing near for the arrival of the train for
Salem, the meeting adjourned, after having passed a vote
of thanks, ofl'ercd by Mr. W. P. Upfiam, to the town
authorities and to the citizens for their kindness and
courtesies.
BULLETIN
OF THE
Vol. 8. Salem, Mass., Sept., Oct., Nov., 1876. No. 8.
Cue Dollar a Year ia Advance. Ten Cents a Single Copy.
Eegular Meeting, Monday, October 2, 187G.
Meeting this evening at 7.30 o'clock. President in
the chair. Records of preceding meeting read.
Mrs. Charles Arcy and Mr. John P. Reynolds of Salem
were elected resident members.
Mr. Arthur W. Foote was elected the curator of
Music, vice Mr. C. H. Higbee who declined a reelection.
Mr. ^y. D. NoRTiiEND stated that Mr. R. S. Spofford
of Newburyport, liad dis(H)vered a curious oven on or near
his grounds, and woukl like to have tlic Institute examine
it. He also tendered Mr. Spofford's invitation to the
Society to hold u field meeting at iiis place.
Mr. James Kimball presented several coins.
ESSEX 1^•5T. BULLETIN. VUI f (77)
78
Mr. F. W. Putnam, in behalf of the cauthor, presented
the following communication : —
LIST OF BIRDS COLLECTED BY MR. CHARLES LINDEN, NEAR
SANTARE.M, BRAZIL.— By J. A. Allex.
In February, 1873, Mr. Linden left New York for Parii, Brazil, for
the purpose of collecting objects of Natural History. Arriving at
Para at the Iieigbt of the rainy season, he found the constant rains and
the inundated state of the country highly unfavorable for liis work,
and soon pu.shed on to Santarem, on the Amazon, live hnndred miles
west of Para. Here he found the conditions for work more favorable,
and adopted this point as the scene of his labors, spending. most of
his time here from early in April till the end of July. In June he
made an excursion to Khomes, sixty miles distant, where he spent a
few weeks, and in August passed a short time collecting at Anjos and
Marajo, at the mouth of the Amazon. The chief part of the collection
was hence made at Santarem, in tlie campos and sparsely wooded
region of the immediate vicinity. The notes added are those accom-
panying the specimens. The collection was made chiefly under the
auspices of tlie Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.,
where the greater part of Mr. Linden's collection of birds still re-
mains. The collection embraced two hundred and fourteen speci-
mens, representiug one hundred and twenty-eight species.
•'I. Turdus albiventris Spix.'
2. 31imus satw'nimts Ijxcht. Santarem, April 12; common.
*/3. Donacohius alricapilla (Linn.). Santarem.
«• 4. Vireosyliia agilis {L\c\\t.). Kiiomes"^, June 18 ; common.
^5. Dacnis cayana (Linn.). Santarem, April 12; common.
vG. Call iste cayana (Linn.). Santarem, April 12 and June 2; com-
mon in thickets.
/ 7. Tanagra episcopus Linn. Santarem, April 12 and June G ; com-
mon in thickets.
■^Q. Tanagra palmarum (Max.). Santarem, June 5; common in
woods and thickets.
> 9. liamphoccelus jacapa (Linn.). Santarem, Marajo and Para;
corfimou.
10. Lnnio atricapiUus (Gm.). Santarem, May 27; not common.
11, Tachyphonus crisLata (Gra.). Santarem, May 27; in small flocks
in thick woods.
iThe nomenclature mloptcil in this pnpei- is, wiili few exceptions, that of Messrs.
Sclater and S:ilvin's "Nonieiiclator Avium Neotrnpicnliiini."
2A plantation so-called, mentioned iu Mr. Linden's notes as being sixty miles
from Santarem.
79
12. Sperinopldla castaneiventris (Cf\b."). Santarem, May 1 ; found
among the reeds along edge of the Amazon River.
13. Spermophilus tn>jsia (Vieill.). Santarem, June 5; common in
the vicinity of the town.
-14. Paroaria fjularis (Linn.). Santarem, May 1; rather common iu
the campos.
15. Sycalis Columbiana Cab. Santarem, April 12; in small flocks
•on the campos.
IG. Osthiops yiiracaruim (Laft. & d'Orb.). Santarem.
.17. Ostini 'ps cristatiis {Gmii\.). Santarem, May 15 ; common.
,18. Cassicus pcrsicus {hinu.) Santarem, Ap^-il 10; common and in
full plumage.
1 19. Icterus croconoUts (Wagl.).
v20. Molothrus bonariensis {Gm.). Santarem, June 5; common near
the town.
'.21. Gymnomystax melaniclerus (Vieill.). Rhomes, June 13 ; Marajos,
August 1 ; common.
22. Leislcs gidanensis (JAnx).'). Santarem, May 1-24; common.
'. 23. Cassidix orysicora (Linn.).
24. ToanioiHera neiigeta (Linn.). Campos near Anjos (eastern part
of the island of Marajos), Aug. 1.
25. Tosnioptera velata Licht. Marajos, August 1 ; open campos,
rare.
v26. Arundinicola leiicocpphala (Jauw.). Ehomes, June 28; common
near the reeds along the Tapajos River.
27. Elainea payana {L\c\\t.) . Santarem, June; very common.
/28. Myiodinastes solitarius (Vieill.). Santarem, May 19; common
about clearings.
•29. Ilefjarhynchns jntangua (Linn.). Santarem, May 23; common
in clearings near deep woods.
30. 3Iyiarchus tyi-annulus CMuiiW.). Santarem, May 23 ; common.
.31. Myiarchus nigricf'ps Sc\. Santarem, May 23 ; common.
32. Empidonomus varius {YiQiW.). Santarem, June 2; common on
the outsiiirts of woods.
♦'33. Tyrannus niveigularis Scl. Santarem, April 12; common iu the
open campo.
v^34. Milvulus tyrannus (Linn.). Marajo, August 5; very common.
35. Fipra, sp. incog.
3G. Tityra i^ersonata Jard. & Selby. Santarem, May 24 ; common
in flocks in deep woods.
37. Pachyrhamphus cinereus '(Bo(\([.). Santarem, June 5; common
near the town.
38. Phoenicocercus carnifex (Linn.).
39. Quenila cruenta (Bodd.). Santarem, May 18; rare, in deep
woods.
80
40. Furnaniia, sp. incoj^.
41. Di'iidrarius mnUiiinttnta {'[.^U'.). R;intarcm. April 20; common.
42. Picolaplcs hiciltata (Licht.). Santarcin, April 8; coiiiinoii in
thickets.
-43. Thnmnnphilns htctunsna (Liclit.).
44. Tliamnopliihis doliattifi {\A\\u.). Marajo, August 10.
45. hliopoterpe torqmtta (Bochl.). Deep woods near Santarem, May
19; common.
40. Eupclvmcna macrura (Gm). Campos near Santarem, April 20;
common.
47. Lnnipnriiia r/ravrinnts (Gm.).
48. L'nnpi>r]iis ludiu/i) (lAuu.). Marnjo, August 10; common.
49. 'J'lialnrania n'ujrofasfialn Gould.
50. Enrepltdla rccriilrn {VWxW.).
51. 'J'h<iinn'(tiaii liiuKxi Hon.
52. I'dihKjpr nnatnila (Vieiil.").
5.5. Chorileilca aciUipentiis (lUxhl.). Common in the campos near
Anjos, .-Vugnst 5.
54. Sti-nopsis rnficcrvix. CSc-1.).
55. PirnmTmi!< mimitiis {\au\\.). Marajo, Auq:"st 10 ; common.
50. Camppphihis mchinoh'ucns {Gn\.). Santarem. Juno 5 ; common.
57. Celeus citriiius (Oodd.). Sunlarcm, in deep woods, April 10;
common,
58. 3Ioinotiis brasiliensis J^txlh. IJIiomcs, June 29; common in deep
woods.
'59. Ccriile t'lrqiintn (JAim.). Santarem, June 5 ; common.
00. CcryJe amnzona (i-atli.).
CI. OriiJe (imcrirana (Gm.). Santarem, May 1 ; rather rare.
C2. Co'iiJe supcrcilidsa (I. inn.).
()3. 'J'rognn melannrii.^ b'lW. Santarem, May IS : common.
G4. Trof/on mpridinnnlis i>\v. Santarem, .May 22 ; deep woods, rare.
Go. 'Iroipm viridis lAun. lihomes, June 28 ; common.
GO. GaVndaviridis Lath. Santarem, April 10; common near streams.
07. B'lcro tumatid (Gm.). Uliomes, ,)nne 9; dee]) woods, rare.
C8. Miinasa morpheus (Halm). Santarem (.May 21), and Kliomes,
June 29; common in deep woods.
C9. Monasa ni'/vil'rons (Suix). Santarem, April 12; common in
small flocks abont plantations.
70. Chclidopttra tcncbrosa (Pall.). Campos about Santarem, April
20.
71. Crotopliucja ani Linn. Ehomes, June 28; common, in small
flocks.
72. Crotopharin mrijitrlAnn. Ehomcs, Jane 18 ; in small flocks,
73. Diploplcrus vcevins (Gm,), Marajo, August; in small flocks of
foui' to sevcu or eight.
81
74. Dromooccyx Y>avoninns Pclzeln.
75. I'iaja coijana (Linn.). Santareni, April IS; common in thickets.
7G. CoccvGUS i.i.NDKxr, n. sp.
Above olivaceniis-army, with bi'oiizv leflei-lion.s, nnd tingoil witli afli on the
head; beneath (•hle^eoll^i, failing to wliite over the abilonieii ; icmi;;-c.s wlmlly with-
out lulbiis; under side ol' wiiig.s with a laiiit ochraccDUs tinge at the ba^e of the
quills; outer rectriee.s blacl;, bioa<llj- tipped Willi wliite; middle pair like the baek.
Wholly unicolov (not. darker at the lip as in C. nincricanus). Upper niauilible and
tip of lower black; re<t of lower mandible and the edge of the npper at Ihe ba.«e,
yellow. Tail nnicli griaduated, the middle rectrices being ITo longer than the
outei". Length, 10 50; wing, 5-15; tail,5-.")0.
Tliis species more closely resembles C amrricamis than any other
■\vell-iiescril)e(l species, from which it iliflfers in its con.siileralily smaller
sides, in the total absence of nilbiis in the reini;.res. and in the strongly
cinereous color of the lower parts. 'J'he bill and the tail are colored
precisely as in C. am/rivanus, except that the miildle pair of rectrices
are unicolor, instead of darker near the tip. 'J'he dorsal surface is
also of a rather darker tint, with ratlier more ash on the head.
This species seems to also bear a close rcsend)lance to C. ixderi
Cab. (Journ. f. Orn., xxi .lahruaiiir, p. 72. Jan., 1S73), with wiiich it
nniy prove to be identical, i)Ut Cabanis's very meafrre description is
insutlicient to emible me to fully decide. I hence adopt a provisioniil
uame for the species above described. Cabanis's specimen of C enln'i
■was obtained at a far more southern locality, — Cantagallo, in the
I'rovince of Kio de Janeiro.
Of the C. liiulcni I have but a single example, collected by Mr.
Linden, in whose honor I have named the species, at Santarem, April
lU, 1873.
77. Bhdmphastos erythrorlvjnchus (Gmel.). Santarem, April and
May; common in the forests.
78. BhamphasLos arij Viel. Santarem, June 5; common in deep
woods.
79. Ptemghissus aracari (Linn.). Santareni: common in the forests.
80. Selenidera maciilirostris (Licht.). Santarem, May 18; common
in deep woods.
81. Ara araranna CL'wn.). Santarem.
82. Ara macavuaiia. Marnjo, August 1 ; rare, in small flocks.
S3, t'onurus aureus (Gm.). Santarem, April 10; in small flocks.
84. Coiiurus roscifroiis Gray. Santarem, May 28; in small flocks.
85. Brotoyerys viresreiis (Gm.). Santarem, April 15 ; connnon.
• 80. Fsiltacula 2Msserina {L'mn.). Santarem, June 1; seen in small
flocks.
87. Pulsatrix torquata (Daud.).
82
88. Anturina nitida (Lath.)- Santarem, July 12; in deep woods.
89. Astm-ina naW-ri Scl. & Salv. Rliomcs, June 10; near clearings.
90. Spi?:(Kius ornatns {V>Am\.). Rliomes, Jiiue 28; rare.
91. AcdpUerbkolor{Y\Q\\\.'). Santarem.
92. Hiipotiiorchis rufi(jiilaris (l)aud.). Santarem, May 21; deep
woods, rare.
93. Ilarpagus diodon (Temm.). Santarem, May 1.
94. Milvario chimnchima {y\ii\\\.). Anjos, August 3 ; campos, rare.
95. Fuhjlvnis tharus (,Mol.)- Kliomes, June 20; rare. Iris, light
brown.
9G. Cnlhartosawa (JAnw.). Marajo, August; common.
97. Flotus anhinga'Lhm. Marajo, August 3; common.
98. Ardea coc(^ Linn.
99. Ardea egretta (Gm.)- Santarem.
100. Ardea candidissiiiia (Gm.) Santarem, May 1; singly, near the
banks of the Amazon.
101. Tiijrisoma hrasiliense (Linn.).
102. Cancroma CQchleavia Iaww. Marajo, August 5 ; common.
103. Cicnnia maguari (Gm ).
10-t. Tantalus loadator Linn.
105. Ibis rubra {Unn.). Marajo, August 5 ; common.
lOG. Theristicus mclannpis (Gm.).
107. riatalca ajaja (Linn.). Anjos, August 1 ; common in small
flocks.
108. Colnmba rvfina (Temm.). Rhoraes, June 13; in small flocks;
not common.
109. Zenaida ruficauda Bon. Santarem, June 1; in small flocks on
the campos.
110. Chamapelia passeriiia {lAwu.). Santarem, June 5; common in
small flocks.
HI. Chnmoepelia taJpacoti (Temm.). Santarem and Rhomes, in
small flocks about clearings.
112. Lcptoptila rw/'(xi7Z'j (Rich. & Bern.). Santarem, June G; seen
singly, and apparently not common.
113. Pipile cumanensis (Jacq.). Santarem, May 10; deep woods;
not common.
114. Ortalida rujiceps Wagl.
115. Oduulophor us guianensis (Gm.). Santarem, May 27; not com-
mon.
IIG. Aramidcs mangle (Spix).
117. Purplojrio parvus (Bodd.). Rhomes, June 13; common, in
small flocks.
118. Eurtipyga helias Pallas.
119. Farra jacana (Linn.). Santarem, May 4; common.
83
* 120. Vanellus cnyanensis (Gm.).
/l21. ^(lialitis collar is {Wq'xW.). A njos, A 11.2:11st 5; ratlier rare.
122. GalUnarjo frcnata (Max.). Marnjo, Auiiu.-t; common iii marshy
groiiuds, in small parties of tliice to five iiidivulnals.
123. Ereunetes petrificatxis (111.). Marnjo, August 4; common in
flocks.
124. Gamhettn flainpes (Bon.). Marnjo, August 10-20; common in
flocks; extremely sliy.
125. Tringoides maciilarhis (Linn.). Santarem, April 12; common
along the river banks. Specimens were obtained both in the mature
and immature plumage.
126. Crypturus cinerevs (Gmel.). Santarem, July G; common in
deep woods.
127. Crypturus ohsoletns (Temm.).
128. Crypturus pnleatxis (Bodd.).
Regular Meetixg, Monday, October 16, 1876.
Mcetinsr this eveninor. The President in the chair.
In the absence of the Secretaiy, Mr. Wm. P. Urn am was
chosen Secretary j^jro tern. Records of preceding meeting
read.
Mr. J. S. Kingsley, of Salem, was elected a resident
member.
Dr. F. II. Hance of Whampoa, China, was elected a
corresponding member.
Regular Meeting, Monday, November 6, 1876.
Meeting this evenins:. The President in the chair.
Records of preceding meeting read.
The Secretary announced the following correspon-
dence : —
From F. E. Abbot, Boston, Sept. C; J. A. Allen, EaPt .Jaffrcy,N. H., Aug. 13; E.
P. Boon, New York, Nov. ] ; P. S. Bootliby, Pliiladeliibia, Aug. 15, Sept. 1, U, Oct,
1, 4; Bresil, Bureau de la Comuiission dc I'Emiiirci Bruxelles, Acad. Boy. des
84
Sciences, dos Lettves, et des Beniix-arts de Beljciqne; Buffalo Hi^toricnl Society,
Sept. 7, 25; Cooli, Son & Jenliins, Pliiliideliiliia, Au.r. 15; .lamesi T. Crnn-i, Indian-
apolis, Sept. 2:J; Davenport Academy of Natural Sciences, S?pt. 15; Georpe D.
Dinion, Utica, Sejit. 1 ; fi. P. Farmer. Pliiladclpliia, Sei)t. G, ;50; Samuel A. Green,
Boston, Aug. 14; Frankfurt, Senckenbergisclien Xaturforschenden Gesellsclialt,
Feb. in; Harvard College. Museum of Conip. Zoology. Oct. 11; T. \V. H»gginson,
Newport, U. I., Oct. 5; Ernest Ingersoll. New York, Sept. 27, Oct. II ; A. C. Ken-
dall, Boston, Sei)t. i:i; George Collins Levey, Pluladelpliia. Oct. KJ; George Lin-
coln. Hingliam, Sept. li); Lisbonnc, Acad. Rdvale des Sciences, Aug. 2:!; J. Dewitt
Miller, Cross Iliver, N. Y., Oct. 24; London, Society of Anliquai-ies, Oct. KJ; I>yons,
Societe d"Agri(;iiltnre, Ilistoire Naturelle, et Arts Utiles, July 20; New Hampshire
Historical Society, Sept. 9; New Jei-scy Historical Society, Sei)t. fi, 0:'t. H; New
York Historical Society, Sept. 8, Oct. 12; New Y'ork Mercantile Library Associa-
tion, Oct. il; Ohio Hiirtorical and Philosojihicid Society, Sept. 7, Oct. 1:5; Samuel
C. Oliver, Pliiladelpliia, Aug. 10; George B. Phippen, Boston, Aug. 20, Sept. 7;
John S. Pierson, New York, 0.t. 10; H.J. Pratt. Chelmsford, Sept. 6; F. W. Put-
nam, Cambridge, Oct. 24; Aaron Uichai'dson, Unionville, iMissouri, Sept. 4; Thos.
S. Uobcrts, .Minneapoli*, Minn., Oct. 20; I). A. Rogers, Chicago, 111., Oct. 18;
W. Hudson Stephens, Lowville, N. Y.,JulylG; Wm. W. Stewart, Buffalo, N. Y.,
Sept. 20; Stockholm, Acad. Roy. Suedoise des Sciences, Juil. G; Thomas R. Trow-
bridge, New Haven, Conn., Sept. 6; United States Centennial Commission, Phila-
delphia, Oct. 0; Vermont Historical Society, Sept. 7, Oct. 12; Williams' Lecture
Bureau, Boston, Sept. 3.
The Librarian reported the following ficlclitious : —
By Donation.
Abbot, F. E., of Bostox. Index, Vols. 5, 6, 1874, 1875. 2 vols., folio.
BoARDMAX, SAM'r. L., OF AUGUSTA, ME. Report of the Maine Board of Agri-
culture, 1872, 187.5, 1874. 3 vols., Svo.
BOLLE.S, E. C. Universalist Register, 17 numbers. Centennial Eagle, Aug. 23,
29, Sept. 5. Miscellaneous pa p lets, 5.
Buffalo Young Men's Association. Catalogue of the Library. 1 vol., Svo.
Buff ilo, 1871. First Supplement to the Catalogue. Svo. 1872. Annual cports of.
3 pamphlets.
Foster, W. J. American Agriculturist, 1807 to 1875. Cultivator and County
Gentleman, 1870 to 1875. The Horticulturist, 1859 to 18!i6. Journal of Health, 1859
to ISGt. New England Farmer, 1S."»0 to 18(>4.
Goss, Elhriuge H., of Melrose, Mass. Historical Address at Melrose, July
4, 1870, by donor. 8vo.
Green, S. A., of Bostox. Historical Address at Groton, July 4, 187G. Miscel-
laneous pauiplilcts, 8.
Hart, C. F., OF Philadelphia. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 15.
Hunt, T. F. Reference Catalogue of Current Literature. 1vol., Svo. Geneal-
ogy of the Hunt Family. 1 vol , Svo. Chribtian Lyre and Sup])Iement. I vol.,
]2nio. History of Miss Meredith, Vol. I. 1 vol , 8vo. The Jilt. 1 vol., Svo. Jubi-
lee Memorial. 1 vol , Svo. Anglo-Cliiiiese CabMidar, lS.ll. 2 vol-;.. Svo.
Indiana. Geological Suuvev of. Report for l:s75, by E. T. Co.\. 1 vol., Svo.
Ki.MUALL, James. Cape Ann Advertiser, July, Aug., Sept., 187fi. Proceedings
of the G. Roy. Arch Chapter of Massachiisett--, Jan., -Dec. 1S74, Mar 0. Dec, 1875.
Lawrence, AiiiioTT, OF Boston. Journal ul a Tour to Niagara Fallo in 1805,
by Timothy Bigelow. 1 v<d., Svo.
Lee, John C. Commercial Bulletin, June, July, Aug., Sept., Oct., 1876.
85
JfANNiNG. RicnAHD C. IJostoii D.'iily Advciti^cr, Aiip:., Sept., 1S7(J.
Wioitinrr. I-. F. Ksscx (Jminiy Meicury, Sept., Oct., lt<7(i.
IMii.i.s. Roi!Ki£T C AVliitaker's Almanac, ISri, 1875, 187G. Christian Observa-
tory, i) iHimberK. •
Newiiam,, Thomas A., of Germaxtow.v, Penn. Englaml and Wales, Returns
of Owners of Laml, 1S7;J. 2 vols., 4to.
NoRTiiEV, W. Tlic .Spectator, 40 numbers.
Oi.ixEK, S. C. Kiltli Annual Hcijort oT Jiailroad and Warelioufe Commission of
Ills , 1875. 1 vol , 8vo. Re|inrt of Sii|it. of Pnlilic Instruction of Cal., 187I-7.T. 1
vol.,8vo. Prisons and Penitentiaries, 1870. 1 vol.,8vo. Miscellaneous pamphlets,
35.
OiJUT, Anprkw J , OF IIaurisuuug, Penx. Report of the Board of Public
Charities of IVnn., 187.T. 1 vol , 8v<>.
PAi.FitAV, C. W. Every Saturday. fi7 numbers. Misccllani-ous pami)hlet.=, 51.
Peukixs, ^am'i, C, of Piiii.AiiELrHiA, I'K.NN. Miscellaneous pamphlets, 3.
PhiI'I'EM, Geo. D. Public Documents and Directories, 2:; vols. 8vo.
I'UTXAM, iMii.S. KiiEN. IMisccllaneoMS boidis, G!) vcds. Pamjihlets, 7.S5.
Putnam, F. W. New York Tribune, June, July, Aug., 1870. Miscellaneous
papers. I'i.
QuiNCV. Kdmuxd. .Speeches delivered in the Congress of the U. S. by Josiah
Qiiincy, 180.')-I8rj. 1 vol., 8vo.
Rdhinson, .Ioiix. Miscell:inpou.« pam|ililcts, 75.
Sewali., C. C, ok Meukielu, Mass. lii-Ccntennial of the Burning of Medflcld,
1(>7'", 187t). 8v(t.
Sj'offokd, a. R , of Wasiiixgiox, I). C. Catalogue of Books added to the
Library of Congress, 187:.'-75. I vol., 8vo.
Stickxev, M. a. iMiscellaneous C'lllpge pamphlets, 8.
Sroxi:, 15. \V. Boston Directory, 18j3. 1 vol , bvo. Exeter nnd New Market,
18T.5. I vol., 8vo.
Th'owiiiMDGE, Thomas R, of Ne.t IIavex, Conx. Genealogy of the Trow-
bridge t'iiniiiy. 1 Vol., 8vo.
IJXKXOWN. Tlie New Century for Jlay, June. July, .Aug.. Sept., O t., 1870.
U. S. Dei'AUT.MEXt of Staj'E. Reports uijon the \ieiina Exposition in 1873. 4
vols.. 8vi>.
U. S. Engixeer Dei'art.mext. U. S. Geological Survey, Zoology, Vol. V. 1 vol.
4to.
U. S. Navv Departmext. Sanitary and Medical Reports, 1873-74. 1 vol., 8vo.
Wcdic;d K-isays. 1 vnl , 8vo.
Ui-iiAM. \V. P. Tweniy-second Registration Rci>ort, Rhode Island, 1874. 8vo.
WArKRp, E. SrANi.EV. MisccllMneoiis pami^hlcis, (i5.
White, W. O., OF Keene, .N. II. llistoiioal Address in Kecne, K. II., July 4,
187i>. 8v(). «
WiiJ.sox. E. n. Unitarian Heview and Religions Magazine, 1874-75. The Radi-
cal, I8i.".-7I. Dialogues on Tiieology. I vol., 8vo. Miscellaneous i)am|)!d('ts, 43.
AVixTHROP. R C , OK ISoSToN. Oratioii heibre tiie Cily Council and Citizens of
Bofton, July 4, 187;;. 8v.>. Pi-oceediiigs of the Trustees at their Annual Meetiugf
of the Pc.ibody Educational Fund, Aug. 3, lsi7ii.
/>.'/ Ej-ch'tiHjr.
ACADEMIE RovAi.E DES .SciEXCES, DES I.ETTRES PE P>Er,o:QUE. Bulletins,
2nie So.-ie. Tome .v.v.vvni, .\.\xi.\, xl. 1871-75. 3 v.ds., 8vo. Anna. lire, 1875, 187U,
2 vols., i-Jmo.
American A.xTiQUARiAX SociETV. Proceedings cf. Apr. £C, 187G. 8vo.
S6
Bekx, NA'rnRFORSCHEXDE Gesellschaft. Mittheilungen. Jahre, 1874. Nos.
828-'.)0.'). 8vo.
Bekwickshire Natlraust Club. Proceedings of the. Vol. vii, No. iii. 1875.
BoSTO.v A'l'UKN.EUM. Calalogue D. to H. 1 vol., 8vo.
BosTox I'uuLic LiBRAUY'. Annual Itepoit, 187G. Svo.
BosTOX SociEiY OF NATURAL lliSTORV. Proceedings. Vol. xviii. Jan.-Apr.,
1S7(>.
Bruxelles, SociiiTft Malacologique de Belgique.i Annales, Tome i, ii, iii,
iv, viii, ix. 18j3-J87J:. G vols., Svo. Proces vcrbeau.\ des Seances, Tome iii, iv.
1874, 1875.
Buffalo ITistoeical Society. Revised Charter of the City of Buffalo, 1839,
181.'), ISdj. 3 vols.. Svo. Bua'alo Directories, lS:ii) to 1875. 7 vols., Svo. Bufl'alo
and Ei-ie Co. Directory, 1870. 1 vol., Svo. Business Directory, 1854, 18)5. 2 vols.,
Svo.
Buffalo Society OF Natural Sciences. Bulletin. Vol. 3, No. 3. 1876. Svo.
Calcutta, Geological Survey OF India. JNlemoirs. Series ix.pt. IV. 1875.
4to. JMemoirs. Vol. .\i, pi. II. 1875. Svo. llecords. Vol. ix, pt. I. ls7(;. 8vo.
Canadian Institute. Journal of Science, Literature and History. Oct., 187C.
Daveni'ort Acaue.my of Natural Sciences. Proceedings of. Vol. I. I8U1-
1876. Svo.
Dresden, Naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft "Isis" in. Sitzungs-
Bericlite Jalirg. 1870. Jaii.-Jiini. Svo.
Frankfitrt, Senckenhergisciih Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Bericht
1874-75. Svo. Abhandhuigeu Bd. x, Helt. 1, 2, 3, 4. 1876.
Frankfurt, Zoologisciie Gesellchaft. Zoologioche Garten, Jahrg. xvii.
1876. Nos. 1-J. Svo.
Georgia Historical Society. Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests,
by Francis It. Porclier. 1vol., Svo. Antiiputies of tlie Southern Indian;. 1vol.,
Svo. Siege of Savannah in 1779. 1 vol , 4to.
Le Mans, Sociei'e d'Aguicultuke Sciences et Arts de la Sarthe. Bul-
letin. Tome .\xiv, ler et 2j Trmifstres. 1876. Svo.
Lyon, tjociEiii d'.Vgricclture, d'Histoire Naturelle et des Arts Utiles.
Annales. 5e Serie, Tome vi. 1S7.J. Tome vii, 1874.
Lyon, SociETE Linn^sxe. Annales. Tome xxi, xxii. 1874-75. 2 vols., Svo.
Mannheim, \ereix fur Naturkuxde. Jalire=bericlit, 1870, 1871, 1872, 1873-74.
12mo.
MiNXESOTA Historical Society. History of St. Paul and the County of Ram-
sey, by J. F. \Villiams. 1 vol.. Svo.
New Kngland llisTORic-tjiENEALOGiCAL Society. Register for Oct., 1876.
Ne\v York Gexealogical and Biografhical Society. Record for Oct.,
1876. Svo.
Paris, Arciiiv FUR Axthrofologie. Baml ix. Jlai, 1876.
Pearody, I'EARODY IxsriTUTE. Annual Ileport, 1876. Svo.
Pennsylvania Historical .Society. Memoirs, Vol. xii. 1 vol., Svo.
S'Gravenhague, Entomological Societe of the Netherlands. Tijds-
chnlt Voor EntomolD^iic, lS7.)-7(). Svo.
SOMKRSETSlllUE .\RCII.EOLOGICAL AND NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY'. Proceed-
ings, 1875. 1 vol , Svo.
Stockholm, J\ongliga Svenska Vetknskaps-Akademien. Handlingar Bd.
ii. Is72. Ui. B hang, IM. iii, Xn. I. Ol'versigt, Arg. xxxii. 1875. Svo.
St. PEiERSRouitG. L'.VCADii.MiK I.MPKRIALE DES SCIENCES. Tableau General
des Publications, 1st I't. Svo. 1872.
WiiRziiURG. I'HVSiKAi.iscn-MKDiciNSCHE GESELLSCHAFT. Verliandluiigeu, ix
Bd., iii & iv Hett. x Bd., i, ii Hell. 1876. Svo.
87
Punr.iSTiERS. American Journal of Education. American Naturalist. Beetle
and Wedge. Boston Globe. Kuropcan Mail. (Jiouoester Telegraph. Haverhill
Gnz 'ttc. Ipswicli Chronicle. Lawrence American. Lynn City Item. Lynn
Ecpoi'ier. Lynn Tran.script. Nation. Nature. Salem Gazette. Salem Observer.
Salem Post. Salem Register.
Mrs. Grace A. Ellis, of Swampscott, was elected a
resident member.
Mr. David Pingree having declined the office of
Treasurer, Mr. Henry M. Brooks was unanimously
elected to the office.
Mr. Caleb Cook presented, in behalf of Mr. J. H.
Lefavor, a series of twenty photographs of Salem and
vicinity.
Mr. Alfred Peabodt presented, in behalf of Mr. A.
S. Pcabody, specimens of fishes from Cape of Good Hope.
Mr. T. F. Hunt offered the following :
Whereas, it is niulcrstood that the Old South Preser-
vation Committee, of Boston, i)iopose holding an E.xhibi-
tion of Historical Relics for the I)encfit of the Old South
Fund ; and whereas, the Essex Institute wishes to avoid
any action which might contiict with such exhibit ; it is
Voted, That the Exhibition of Historical Relics pro-
posed to be holdcn by the Institute the coming winter be
postponed to another season, and the Secretary be in-
strlictcd to present the thanks of the Institute to Col. F.
M. Elting, of Philadelphia, for his kind offer to loan a
collection of valuable relics, and inform him of the rea-
son for postponement.
Vice President A. C. Goodell offered the following:
Whereas, The Es.scx Institute has witnessed, with ad-
miration, the labors of those citizens of Philadelphia who
have joined in collecting for exhibition during the pro-
88
gross of the Internation:il Exhihilion, such historical
relics and dociiinents as would tend to excite patriotism,
and more strikinal.V illustrate the proijress of our country
from the earliest colonial period, be it
Resolved, That the Institute express to Col, F. ]\I.
Etting and Charles Henry Hart, Esq., and to those ladies
and gentlemen who were associated with them, its high
appreciation of the courage with which they undertook,
and the discretion, energy and perseverance with which
they have conducted the tiady National Exhibition at In-
dependence Hall, and in the Academy of Fine Arts iii
Philadelphia during the past summer.
Resolved, That the Secretary be instructed to present a
copy of the foregoing preamble and resolutions to Col.
Etting and jMr. Hait, with the request that they will
conuuunicate the same to their associates in such' manner
as they shall Hud most convenient.
Regular Meeting, Monday, November 20, 1870.
Meeting this evening. The President in the chair.
Records of preceding meeting read.
The subject of lectures the coming season was fully
discussed, and a programme was presented by the lecture
committee.
Mr. II. H. Edes of Charlestown, Avas elected a resident
member. *
BULLETIN
ESSE12C IH^STITTJTE.
Vol. 8. Salem, Mass., Dec, 1876. Nos. 9-12.
Eegular Meeting, Monday, December 4, 1876.
Meeting this evening. The President in the chair.
Records of preceding meeting read.
The Secretary announced the following correspon-
dence : —
From J. A. Allen, Cambridge, Nov.; Belfast Naturalist Field Clnb, Sept. 7;
Cliarles A. Bemis, Marlborough, N. H., Aug. 3; George B. Blodgette, Rowley, Nov.
20; S. L. Boardman, Augusta, Me., Nov. 17, 27; Henry Breed, Lynn, Nov. IS; Cher-
bourg, Societe Nationale des Sciences Naturelles, Oct. 13; C. Cusliing, Boston, Nov.
16; C. W. Eaton, Wakefield, Nov. 27, Dec. 2; Charles Wyllys Elliott, Cambridge,
Nov. 1; Grace A. Ellis, Boston, Nov. 18; Eniden, Naturforschende Gesellschaft,
Sept. 1 ; Frank M. Etting, Philadelphia, Nov. 20; A. W. Foote, Boston, Nov. 9; A.
C. Goodell, Jr., Nov. 2.5; A. F. Gray, Danversport, Nov. 18; Kjobenhavu, Det K.
Danskc videnskabernes Selskab, Oct. 17; F. LeUaron, Boston, Nov. 18; J. D. Mil-
ler, Cross River, N. Y., Nov. U; W. S. Ncvins, Nov. 22; S. C. Oliver, Pliiladelphia,
Nov. 21 ; Page Belling Co., Concord, N. H., Nov. 17; J. S. Plerson, New York, Nov.
15, 17, 23, 24; IE Reed, Philadelphia, Nov. 11, 15; Abby S. Richardson, Boston, Nov ,
18; T. S. Roberts, Minneapolis, Nov. Hi; C. Saltonstall, Nov. 25; Smithsonian Insti-
tution, July 2(); U. S. Bureau of Education, Nov. 10; J. A. Vinton, Winchester,
Nov. 24; Zurich, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Aug.
Dean Dudley of Wakefield, was elected a correspond-
ing member.
Vice President F. W. Putnam presented to the soci-
ESSICX INST. BULLETIN. VIII 8 (89)
90
ety, in bchnlf of the author, a Avoik by Dr. George A.
Otis, U. S. Army, containing a list of the human crania
and skeletons now in the collection of the Army Medical
Museum at Washington. jMr. Putnam said tliat this
work was very complete in the measurements given,
and Avas a valuable addition to the library as a work of
reference.
Mr. Putnam read a communication on the
BIRDS OF NORTH-EASTERN ILLINOIS.
By E. W. Nklson.
The region about the soiitlicrii end of Lake Michigan, in Illinois,
presents an unusually fertile fltld for the ornithologist. Situated, as
it is, midway between the wooded region of the East and the treeless
plains of the West, with the warm river bottoms of tlie South, rich in
southern species, extending within a comparative!}' short distance,
and the Great Lakes upon the nortli, North-eastern Illinois forms a
kind of "four corners" where the avian-fauiiaj of four regions inter-
gradc. To the proximity of Lake Michigan we are indebted for a
number of more or less strictly mariiime species, among the most
important of which are, during summer, Ammodromiis caiidacutus,
uEgiaUlis nidodus and Anas obsciira, and, during the migrations, Strep-
silas intcrprc's, Tringa hoiivpartn, T. marilima, T. canuia, CuUdris are-
naria, with all the common water birds, with very few exceptions,
found upon the coast at tbat season. In winter the list is larger,
during which season are found Hiatrionicus torqiiatits, Harelda glacialis,
the three species of CEdemia, Somateria moUissima, S. spectahilis, /Ster-
corariiis pomatorhinns, Larus glaucus, L. leucaptcrus, L. marinus, and
Hissa tridaclgla.
As would be expected, the southern species occur only in summer,
"with the exception of Lophophaiics hicolor, which is found only in
winter. The principal southern species are : Mimus polnglottus, Fariis
carolinensis, Thryothoriis ludovicianus, 2'. hcwidd, Frotunotaria ciirea,
Dendroica var. albilura, D. ccerulea, Oporornis formosiis, Icteria virens,
Myiodiuctcs mitrutus, Pyranga ceslica, CoUitrio var. ladoviciana, Cardi-
nalis virginianiis, Centunis carolimis, JS'aitclems forficalns, Bhynogry-
plms aura, Tantalus luculator, GalUnula martiidcu, Porzana jamaiccnsis,
Sterna regia and S. antillarum.
We have also, either as residents or transient visitants, the follow-
ing western species: Myiadcstes toionscndi, Vireo belli (breeds), i/es-
91
periplwna vesperlina, PlectropJiaws pictus, Ammodromus lecontei, Zono-
trichia vav. intermedia, Z. coronata, Z. qnerulea, Spizella pallida
(breeds), Eremophila var. leucolcema (breeds), Slimiella var. verjlccta
(breeds), Scolecopliagus cyanocephalns, Pica var. hudsonica, Chordiles
var. henriji (breeds), Biileo var. cahtrus (breeds?), B. swaiiisoni
(breeds?), Trinrja hairdii, Steganupus wilsoni (breeds), and numerous
others less strictly western.
A belt about twenty-five miles wide, bordering Lake Miclui,'an in
Illinois, will include the field of tlie present paper. A few species
taken durinjr the migrations at Kacine, Wisconsin, have been ailded.
Although this locality is not situated within the precise limits of the
region to which this paper is limited, it being, however, but a few
miles north of the Illinois state line, upon tlie Lake shore and in the
direct line of migration, it would seem extremely improbable that a
northward bound species taken at Racine should not have passed
through the adjacent portion of Illinois.
Not only is tlie influence of the Lake upon the fauna shown by the
occurrence of numerous species of birds, attracted by the presence of
a large body of water with its congenial surroundings, but the influ-
ence of the Lake upon tlie climate and the vegetation in its immediate
vicinity, has a marked influence upon tiie list of summer residents.
As is well known, the country bordering upon tlie Great Lakes pos-
sesses an average lower temperature during summer, and a higher
temperature during the winter, than the surrounding districts. This
has a decided eflfect upon the movements and distribution of the birds
in the vicinity of these large bodies of water.
This influence is seen in a retardation, often of a week or more, in
the spring migration, and in the scarcity of small woodland species
during the breeding season. Although birds are exceedingly luimer-
ous here during tlie migrations, and the number of species found dur-
ing tlie summer compares favorably with the number found at the
same season in other localities having the same latitude, they are
represented by decidedly few individuals. This fact is especially
noticeable after one has passed a day in the marshes of the vicinity,
where the abundance of numerous marsh and water birds, both in
species and individuals, would lead one to suppose the woods were
equally favored.
The limits of the field discussed in this paper embrace two counties,
Cook County upon the south, and Lake County upon the north. Each
possesses certain topographical peculiarities. Cook County is mainly
prairie land, interspersed with ridges and groves of timber, the for-
mer of which generally extend parallel to the Lake shore. Near the
south-eastern portion of the county the surface of the prairie is but
slightly above the level of the lake. Through this county flows the
92
Calnmet river, nlong which are extensive marshes, which form a favo-
rite liaiint for various waterfowl. Along the Lake shore, in north-
western Indiana, extending thence slightly into Illinois, is the Pinery,
a pccnliar, sandy, barren tract of land partly covered by a sparse
growth of pines and deciduous underbrush, with, near the Lake,
patches of juniper. Lake County lias much more woodland, and is
more hilly or roiling than Cook County. Extending along the Lake
shore, from the northern border of the state nearly the entire length
of this county, is a tract quite simihir to the Pinery before described,
except that here the sand-liills near the Lake are nearly covered with
the junipers {Juniperus communis). Througliout this county are scat-
tered a large number of small lakes, many of which have a marshy
border and are much frequented by waterfowls, both during the mi-
grations and the breeding season.
The woods near Lake Michigan, in both these counties, are upon
ridges extending parallel to the Lake shore, which are separated by
belts of prairie. These ridges form convenient highways for the
woodland species during the migrations. The water birds either fol-
low the Lake shore or the river courses. The migrations of the latter
are almost directly north and south, but with the woodland species it
is quite diflerent. They follow the heavily wooded river bottoms
from the south, and approach the sparsely wooded states along the
upper Mississippi in immense numbers, where they swerve toward
the heavily wooded region of the nortliern Lake region, where they
find extensive breeding grounds. This change in the direction of
their migration causes them to move diagonally across the northern
half of Illinois toward the north-east. To this we are indebted for
the vast numbers of migrants found along the Lake in this vicinity.
Weary from their flight up the Mississippi and Illinois rivers, they
halt along the inviting ridges bordering the Lake. After a short rest
they resume their northward way, striking boldly across the Lake
towards their summer homes in northern Michigan and beyond. I
have many times stood upon a wooded I)Iufi" on the Lake shore and
seen flock after flock of warblers and other small birds pass out of
Bight over the Lake.
The fall migration is less uniform, the birds straggling along in
such a manner that it is difficult to trace any movement except a gen-
eral inclination to tlie south. A severe storm upon the Lake during
the spring migration works sad havoc among the birds, for when a
fog arises they become bewildered and perish by thousands, and large
numbers are washed ashore. An instance of lliis kind occurred the
last of May, 187G, when I counted over two hundred birds, represent-
ing over flfty species, in walking about a mile along the Lake siiore.
For many valuable notes included in the present paper I am indebted
93
to Dr. P. R. Hoy, of Racine, Wisconsin ; to Dr. H. B. Bannister, of
Evanston ; to Mr. C. N. Ilolden, Jr., of Chicago; to Mr. F. T. Jeiicio,
of Providence, R. I., who was my companion in the field during the
spring of 1876, and who added materially to my notes; and especially
to Mr. F. L. Rice of Evanston, who placed at my disposal notes ex-
tending over several years. I am also indebted to Messrs. T. II. and
C. W. Douglas, of Waukcgan, and to others for valuable notes, which
are duly acknowledged in the following pages. My own observations
have been continued through the last three years, and have been
made in various localities in the two above named counties. The
dates of the migrations and nesting given indicate the average of ob-
servations continued through several years.
Family TURDID-SS.
Genus Turdus Linn.
1. T. mustelinus Gmel. Wood Thrush. Common summer resi-
dent in suitable places. Arrives first of May; nests the last of the
moiitli and leaves September first.
2. T. fuscescens Slcph. Wilson's Tiiuush. Rather rare sum-
mer resident. Arrives in small numbers the second week of May and
departs the first of September.
3. T. alicise Bd. Alick's Thrush. Very abundant migrant;
frequenting open woods and the borders of adjacent fields. May 1st
to 20th; September 1st to October'oth. I have rarely heard this spe-
cies sing except during damp, gloomy days in spring, when trees and
bushes were dripping with a fine misty rain. On such occasions, I
have often been greeted by the clear metallic notes of this thrush
rising clear and strong, filling the air with a sweet, indescribable
melody, aud then dying away in measured cadence until the last notes
are scarcely distinguishable. As the first strain ends the song is re-
eclioed by hidden musicians ou every hand, until every tree seemed
to give forth the weird music.
4. T. swainsoni Cuban. Swaixson's Thrush. Abundant mi-
grant and a very rare summer resident. Arrives in spring a few days
later than the preceding, and at about the same time in fall. I ob-
tained a specimen near Chicago, June 7th, 1873, and July Dlh, the
same year, Mr. Rice obtained a second specimen. The song of this
species is similar, but much less musical, than that of the preceding.
5. T. pallasii Caban. IIeumit Thrush. Very abundant mi-
grant. April 1st to May 10th, and September 20th to October 31st.
Several years since, during the fall migration, one of these birds was
brought to me alive, it having entered a neighbor's house in Chicago,
through an open window in which were some very large plants. This,
94
with the two precoding species, frequent vacant lots and grounds con-
taining shriil)l)er.v in Cliicago, in large numbers during the migrations.
6. T. migratorius Linn. Romx. Common summer resident.
Arrives March 1st in large flocks. The resident birds commence
nesting April loth, and all leave during October and the first part of
November.
Genus Harporhynchus Cah.
7. H. rufus Linn. Bkown Thrush. Common summer resident.
Arrives April 20tli, nests the middle of Maj% and departs in Septem-
ber. That the nest of tliis species is often placed in trees and bushes
for protection against some apparent danger I have no doubt, but in
many cases this site is chosen from a mere whim of the bird. I have'
found in one "scrub oak" grove, on a sandy ridge, some half dozen
nests for several seasons in succession, and each year about one-half
the nests were in the trees, and the remainder Avere built at the bases
of saplings or bushes, yet I could find no apparent cause for the loca-
tion of the nests in the trees. The young were in each case reared
with equal safety.
Genus Mimus Boie.
8. M. polyglottus L. Mocking Bird. A very rare summer
resident. I know of but few instances of its occurrence in the vicin-
ity of Chicago. Dr. Iloy has recorded six ucsts obtained in the
vicinity of Racine, Wisconsin.
Genus Galeoscoptes Caban.
9. G. carolinensis L. Cat Bird. Very common summer resi-
dent. Arrives May 1st; nests the middle of this month and departs
during September.
Genus Myiadestes Cab.
10. M. townsendi ^2(f?. Townsexd's Thrusfi. A single spec-
imen of this species was obtained December IG, 1875, by Mr. Charles
Douglas, at "Waukegan. The bird was found in a sheltered ravine,
extjRuding a short distance into the bluft', bordering the lake shore
near the above named place, and showed no alarm when approached.
Nothing peculiar was observed concerning its habits except that its
movements were very sprightly.
Family SAXICOLID^.
Genus Sialia Siv.
11. S. sialis Bd. Bluk Bird. Arrives early in IMarch and is
abundant, in flocks, until the first of May, when they commence
95
breeding. The fall migration extciuls from September 12tli to Octo-
ber 25111. Under the date of October 1st, 187G, my friend Mr. N. S.
Davis, jr., of Evanston, writes that within a few days he has observed
several Blue Birds eating the berries of the wild ivy {Ampclopsis quin-
quf'fuUa), growing near that place.
NoTK. — 5. arctica. Dr. Hoy informs me that he has seen a speci-
men of this species, In a collection at Dubuque, Iowa, whicli was
taken, late in tlie fall, upon the east side of the Mississippi River
near that town.
Family SYLVIIDJS.
Genus Regulus Cuv.
12. R. satrapa Licht. Goloicn-cuowned Kixgi.et. Abundant
migrant. April 1st to May 10th, and October 1st to 31st.
13. R. calendula Licht. Huby-crowned Kinglet. Lilje the
preceding, abundant during the migrations, and found everywliere in
woods. Several days behind the other species in the spring and in
advance in the fall.
Genus Polioptila Sclat.
14. p. cserulea Sclnt. Blue-guay Gxatcvtciier. Common mi-
grant. April 27th to May 20ch, and August 25th to September 10th.
Owing to a lack of heavy timber, few remain to breed.
Family PARID-ai.
Genus Lophophanes Kaitp.
15. L. bieolor Bonap. TurrED Titmouse. Occurs only during
fall and winter, when straggling parties occasionally visit us from
Southern Illinois, where it is one of the characteristic species.
Genus Parus Linn.
16. P. atricapillus Linn. Black-capped Titmouse. Resident.
More numerous during the migrations and in winter,
17. P. earolinensis A^ul. Caiiolina Titmouse. A rare summer
visitant to tlie "Pinery," at the southern end of Lake Michigan.
18. P. hudsonicus Forst. Hudson's Bay Titmouse. A very
rare winter visitant. Dr. Hoy observed a small flock near Racine in
January, 1852 ; and Dr. Velie has since observed them at Rock Island,
Illinois.
Genus Sitta Linn.
19. S, earolinensis Lath. White-bellied Nutiiatcii. Com-
mon resident. More abundant during the migrations. Near Wauke-
96
gan, May 10th, 187G, a pair of tliese birds were observed carrying
material for a nest, into a Icnot-hole in a largo oak, about twcnty-tive
feet from the gronnd. The hole was large enough to admit my hand,
and several inches deep, but filled to within two inches of the top by
the remains of an old squirrel's nest. The birds worked steadily for
about a week, lining the cavity with small fragments of dry leaves
and pieces of rabbits' fur. Just as the nest was finished a pair of
flying squirrels took possession of the premises and the birds sought
another location.
20. S. canadensis Linn. Rkd-bellikd Nuthatch. Rather more
numei'ous early in the migrations than the preceding. April 1st to
May 10th, and August 25th to October 30th. A rare summer resi-
dent. I found a pair near Cliicago with full grown young the first of
July, and Mr. Rice observed a pair feeding unfledged young the last
of April, 1874, at Evanston. The excavation containing this nest was
in a tree, standing on one of the principal streets of the town. It
was about twenty feet from the ground. The young were thrusting
their heads out of the hole and clamoring for food, thus attracting his
attention when they would otherwise have been unnoticed.
Family CERTHIIDJE.
Genus Certhia Linn.
21. C. familiaris var. americana Bonap. Brown Cukkpkr.
Common winter I'esident, arriving October 1st and remaining until
May 10th. Particulai-ly abundant the first two weeks of October and
of April, when they frequent the streets of Chicago in large numbers,
industriously searching the rough t»rick walls for the small spiders
which they find in abundance in the numerous crevices. I have seen
as many as a dozen of these birds upon the side of a house at once,
moving from place to place as readily as though on the trunk of a
tree.
Family TROGLODYTID^.
Genus Thryothorus Vieill.
22. T. ludovicianus Bonap. Ghkat Cakolixa Wren. A rare
summer visitant. Abundant in Southern Illinois.
23. T. bewicki Bona]). Bewick's When. Rare summer resi-
dent. A pair of these birds appeared in a vacant lot in Chicago the
first of June, 1876, and taking possession of a convenient corner in
the roof of an arbor proceeded to raise their young. At intervals
through the day the male would mount to the top of some house, or
the topmost twig of a tree in the vicinity, and sing for an hour or
more. The family suddenly left about the middle of July.
97
Genus Troglodytes Vieill.
24. T, aedon Vieill. House Wrkx. Rather common summer
resident away from the immediate vicinity of the Lalce. Arrives the
first of May and departs the last of September.
25. T. parvulus var. hy emails Vieill. Winter Wrex. A com-
mon migrant. April 5th to May 1st, and September 12th to October
20th. I have found this species much more musical during the fall
migration than in the spring.
Genus Cistotliorus Cuban.
26. C. stellaris Caban. Siiout-bili.ed Marsh Wrkx. Rather
common summer resident and generally distributed in suitable places.
Breeds last of May. I think the distribution of this species is much
more general than is supposed. Ovving to the character of the local-
ity in which they are found, and to their shyness, the chances are that
they will be overlooked. Before I learned their habits I passed re-
peatedly through places where I afterwards found they were quite
common.
27. C. palustris Bd. Long-billed Marsh Wren. Abundant
summer resident in marshy localities. Arrives the first of May, nests
the last of this month to the first of August. I have seen hundreds
of the nests of this species but have yet to see one attached to a bush
in the manner described in Baird, Brewer and Kidgway's "North
American Birds" (Vol. I, p. 1G2). Tiie nests I have seen have almost
invariably been placed in tlie midst of tall bulrushes, or wild rice,
growing upon a more or less submerged marsh, and are supported
about two feet above the surface, by being firmly attached to several
of the surrounding stalks, something in the manner of the attachment
of the Red-winged Blackbird's nest. The structure of the nests agrees
with the description in the above named work, with the exception of
mud never being used in nests I have examined. While the female is
incubating, the male is almost constantly employed upon the con-
struction of several unfinished nests, until often a pair may boast tlie
possession of a dozen unoccupied tenements. The supernumerary
nests are less substantial structures than the one occupied, and are
built indiflerently of the living or dead grass leaves, the latter being
almost exclusively used in the structure occupied.
Family MOTACILLID^.
Genus Anthus Bechst.
28. A. ludovicianus Licht. Titlark. Common in flocks along
the Lake shore and on bare prairies during the migrations. Arrives
about tlie 15th of May. It is then just assuming the breeding dress,
98
and remains until about tlic 30th, -when, its moult being completed, it
moves noitli. Eeturns in October.
Family SYLVICOLID^.
Genus Mniotilta Vieill.
29. M. varia Vieill. Black and Whith Creeper. Not an un-
common summer resident. Abundant in the migrations; April 25th
to May Ijtl), and August 20tli to October lOtli.
Genus Protonotaria Bd.
30. P. citrea Bd. Pkotiioxotauy Waubleu. A rare summer
visitant. Two specimens were talien during the summer of 1875, and
I have heard of several other instances of its occurrence. All the
specimens taken in this vicinity have remarkably dull colored plu-
mage.
Genus Helmitherus Baf.
31. H. vermivorus Bonap. Worm-eating Warbler. Very rare
visitant. A single specimen observed May 21st, 187G, at Waukegan.
Genus Helminthophaga Cuban.
32. H. chrysoptera Cuban. Golden-winged Warbler. Com-
paratively rare. It breeds rarely. Migrates May 15th to 25th, and
September 1st to 20th.
33. H. ruficapilla Bd. Nashville Warbler. A rare summer
resident. Veiy common during migrations; May lOth to 24th, and
September 5th to 30th, and perhaps later.
34. H. celata Bd. Ouange-crowned Warbler. A common
migrant; April 27th to May 20th, and September 15th to October 25th.
Frequents bushy hillsides and borders of woods.
35. H. peregrina Caban. Tennessee Warbler. Nearly equal
to the preceding in numbers, but more difficult to procure during the
spring migration, owing to its frequenting the tops of the trees and
moving quickly from place to place. Like several other species of
warblers which frequent the tops of the trees in spring, it is found
much lower in fall, when it may be easily obtained. I have found this
true of adults and young of the year. Migrates May 15th to 25th, and
August 25lh to October 10th.
Genus Parula Bonap.
36. P. americana Bonap. Blue-yellow-backed Warbler. An
abundant migrant from May 8th to 25th, and August 25th to Septem-
ber 20th. Breeds rarely.
99
Genus Perissoglossa Bd.
37. P. tigrina £d. Capk May Wahbler. Very common mi-
grant. May 7th to 25th, and September 5th to 20th. In spring, found
almost exclusively in the tops of the trees; in autumn found in large
numbers along roadsides, borders of woods and fields in company
with Dendroeca palmarum, from which it is, with difficulty, distin-
guished at gunshot, so closely alike are their habits and movements
at this season.
Genus Dendroeca Gray.
38. D. sestiva Jid. Yellow Warblkr. Abundant summer resi-
dent. Arrives May first and departs the last of August and first of
September.
39. D. coronata Gray. Ykllow-rumped Warbler. An exceed-
ingly abundant migrant; April 1st to May 24th, and September 20th
to October 25th.
40. D. maculosa Bd. Black and Yellow "Warbler. Nearly as
numerous in the migrations as the preceding. May 8th to 29tli5 and
August 25th to October 10th.
41. D. cserulea Bd. C^rclean Warbler, A regular but rare
migrant. May 12th to 20th, and the first of September. Prefers high
woods. Very abundant in tlie southern half of the state. IJarc sum-
mer resident here, but near Detroit, Michigan, I am informed it is
one of the common species at tliis season.
42. D. blaekburnise Bd. Blackburnian Warbler. Very abun-
dant during the migrations. May 10th to June 3rd, September 7tii to
25tli. One of our commonest species during the migrations. The
males arrive at least a week in advance of the females.
43. D. dominiea var. albilora Bd. Yellow-throated Gray
Warbler. A very rare summer visitant from the south. Prof. D. S.
Jordan of Indianapolis, Indiana, informs me that this species is a
common summer resident in that vicinity, and I have trustworthy in-
formation of its rather common occurrence, in summer, in the vicinity
of Detroit, Micliigan.
44. D. pennsylvanica Bd. Ciiestxut-sided Warbler. Abun-
dant migrant; May 1st to 25th; September 1st to 20th. Breeds spar-
ingly away from the Lake.
45. D. striata /W. Black-poll Warbler. A common migrant;
May 15th to 23tii, and September 12th to October 1st.
46. D. castanea Bd. Bay-breasted Warbler. Abundant mi-
grant; May 8th to 25lh. In autumn this species, witli the precetling,
is found in large numbers everywhere, except upon the open prairies.
47. D. eserulescens Bd. Black-tiujoated Blue Warbler. A
common migrant; May 12th to 25th, and September 10th to October
20th.
100
48. D. virens Bd. Bl.\ck-tiii;oati:d Grekn Warblkr. Very
common mignuit; May 5lh to 25tli, September 20th to October 12tli.
A few remain to breed.
49. D. pinus i>(L Pixe-creicping Warbler. Common migrant;
April 27lli to May 20tli, September 15tli to October otli. Tlie first of
July, 1874, I found a liw^a number of these birds with young just old
enough to follow their parents, in tlie "Pinery," and presume they
nest there regularly.
50. D. palrtiarum Bd. Yellow Red-poll Warbler. An abun-
dant migrant; April 25th to May 20th, and September 10th to October
15th.
51. D. discolor Bd. Praume Warbler. A very rare spring and
summer visitant, perhaps breeding. But very few specimens have
been taken iu the vicinity of Chicago. Dr. Hoy writes that he knows
of but one instance of its capture in Wisconsin.
Genus Siurus Sw.
52. S. auroeapillus 5'io. Goluex-crowxed Wagtail. An abun-
dant migrant; from May 5th to 20tli, September 15th to October 20th.
Common resident in all suitable places.
53. S. noveboracensis Nutt. Water Wagtail. An abundant
migrant; April 1st to May 10th, and August 25th to October 25th.
Found anywhere in damp woods or along the banks of streams during
the migrations. A very few remain to breed in secluded woods.
54. S. ludovicianus Bonap. Large-billed Water Wagtail.
Not an uncommon summer resident, arriving May 8th to 15th, and
leaving the first of September. Much more striking in its habits than
the preceding, and prefers dark woods or dense Avillow patches in wet
situations.
Genus Oporornis Bd.
55. O. agilis Bd. Coxxecticut Warbler. A rather common
migrant; May»15th to 27th, and September first to October first. The
species occurs in about equal numbers in spring and fall. Near Wau-
kegan, the last of May, 187(5, tiiese birds were found frequenting a
dense swampy thicket on the border of a wood, in company with Geo-
thhjj^is 2:>hVadclphia and two species of Siarus. They kept close to
the ground and were quite diflicult to shoot, as they would dart into
the thicket upon the slightest alarm. Their habits in this locality
were so nearly like those of G. Philadelphia, that, until actually in
hand, it was not an easy matter to distinguish them. While confined
to the house by illness, the 2Gth and 27tli of May, Mr. Jencks had the
pleasure of becoming still better acquainted with their habits. His
atteutiou was first drawn to them by hearing a loud ringing song en-
101
tirely new to bim. Going to the door he saw the author of the song,
upon one of the lower branches of a small pine tree close to the
house. The specimen was soon in his possession and proved to be
this species. Afterwards, during tliis and the following day, he heard
the song repeatedly, and obtained otlier specimens of the bird. Their
note he describes as being a trifle harsh, but pleasant to the ear. It
is delivered with force, in a clear ringing manner, sliglitly resembling
that of G. trichas. Their habits and movements wliile abont the
pine trees — within twenty yards of the house — closely resembled
those of S. aurocapillus, with which they were associated.
56. O. formosus Bd. Kentucky WAKBLEn. A very rare summer
visitant from Southern Illinois.
Genus Geothlypis Cuban.
57. G. trichas Cahan. Maryland Yki.low-thijoat. An abun-
dant resident. Arrives May 8th; departs first of September. Breeds
June first.
58. G. Philadelphia Bd. Mourning Warbleu. Not common.
Migratory. Found in swampy thickets May 15th to 31st, and the first
of September.
Genus Icteria Vieill.
59. I. virens Bd. Yellow-breasted Chat. A regular but not
common summer resident. Arrives May 1st to 10th, and leaves the
last of August. Nests in hazel thicivcts.
Genus Myiodioctes And.
60. M. mitratUS And. Hooded Warbler. A rare summer res-
ident; arriving M;iy 10th to 20th, and leaving early in autumn.
61. M. pusillus Bonap. Green Black-capped Warbler. A
common migrant; May 7th to 25th, and the first of September.
Found along the borders of woods and about willow patches.
62. M. canadensis Aud. Canada Warbler. A common mi-
grant; May 15th to 2yth, and the first of September. Rare summer
resident.
Genus Setophaga Sicains.
63. S. ruticilla Sicains. Redstart. An abundant migrant; May
10th to 25th, and in September. Also a Common summer resident iu
damp woods.
Family HIRUNDINID^.
Genus Progne Boie.
64. P. subis Bd. Purple Martin. A very common summer
102
resident in towns. Arrives April lOtli to 30tli ; departs tlie first of
September.
Genns Petrochelidon Cuba a.
65. P. lunifrons Bd. Ci.iff Swallow. An abundant migrant;
May 1st to lOtli, and the first of September. Also a common summer
resident.
Genus Hirundo Linn.
66. H. horreorum Bart. Baiin Swallow. A very common
summer resident; arrives April 15tli to May 10th; departs the first of
September.
67. H. taicolor Vieill. Wiiitk-brllikd Swallow. Common
resident. Arrives in large numbers March 20th. The first of May
only residents remain. Departs in September. This species still
keeps its primitive habit of nesting in deserted woodpecker's holes,
hollow stumps and similar places, generally close to some stream or
body of water. Several times during the spring I have seen these
birds occupy martin houses for several weelvs until the owners re-
turned, when, after a desperate battle they would leave. Have never
observed them about the town during tlie breeding season.
Genus Stelgidopteryx Bd.
68. S. serripennis Baird. Eough-wingkd Swallow. A rare
summer visitant, perhaps breeds.
Genus Cotyle Boie.
69. C riparia Boie. Bank Swallow. Abundant summer resi-
dent. Arrives May 7lh ; departs September first. Nests in the sand-
hills and clay bhifls along the Lake siiorc.
. Family VIREONID^.
Genus Vireo Vieill.
70 V. olivaceus Bonap. Ri:i)-i:vkd Viueo. Common summer
resident. Arrives May 15th and departs the last of September and
first of October. I have found tlic irides, indifi'ei'entiy, red or brown,
in spring specimens of this species.
71. V. philadelphieus Cass. riiiLADF.Lriii.v Vikko. A common
migrant; May 15th to 25th, and September 5th to 25tli. While pass-
ing in the spring these birds frequent eitlier willow tliickcts or high
woods. Tliey were so numerous near Waukegan about the 20th of
May, 1870, that a dozen specimens might have been obtained in an
hour. The first of July, 1874, I found two pairs of these birds in a
103
dense ■willow thiclsct bordering Mazon Creek, about sixty miles south
of Cliicago. Upon my approach the birds showed great anxiely, utter-
ing a short complaining cry, and coming within a few feet of me.
That they had young in the vicinity I was sure, but owhig to the char-
acter of the covert they were not found. Specimens of this species
may invariably — as far as my experience goes — be separated frona
those of V. gilvns by the greater intensity of yellow on the former, as
well as by the quill characters.
72. V. gilvus Cass. Wakbling Vireo. A common summer res-
ident. Arrives May 8th to l."jth; departs in September.
73. V. solitarius IM. Blue-headed Viheo. Au abundant mi-
grant; May olli to 25th, and the last of September and first of Octo-
ber. Found everywhere iu the woods and thickets.
74. V. flavifrons Bd. YEi.LOW-TiinoArED Viueo. A common
migrant and not uncommon summer resident. May 8th to 24th, and
September 10th to October 15th.
75. V. noveboracensis Bonap. White-eyed Viueo. Summer
resident. Kulher rare. Arrives the middle of May and departs the
first of October. Very common in Southern Illinois.
76. V. belli And. Bell's Vhieo. A single specimen, obtained
near Chicago, June 23, 1875, is the only instance I have recorded of
its occurrence in this vicinity. It is a common summer resident on
the more southern prairies of the state.
Family AMPELIDJBI.
Genus Ampelis Linn.
77. A. garrulus Linn. Bohemian Waxwing. An irregular but
occasionally abundant winter resident, especially along the lake. Ar-
rives in December and sometimes remains until April. The winter
of 1875-C they were unusually numerous. In a letter dated March IG,
187G, Mr. Charles Douglas, of Waukcgau, describes an "immense"
flock of these birds which lie observed the day previous, upon the
lake shore near that town. Tiic birds were feeding upon the juniper
berries found there, and covered, according to Mr. Douglas's estima-
tion, an area at least ten rods square. "While feeding, those in the
rear were continually flying and alighting in advance, thus keeping
the flock moving so that it was difticult to overtake them. A few
days later the flock sepai-ated into numerous smaller ones and soon
departed for the north.
78. A. eedrorum Scl. Cedar Biud. Common summer resident.
Arrives the last of February, breeds from the first of June until the
middle of July ; leave late in autumn.
104
Family LANIIDiE.
Genus Collurio Vigors.
79. C. borealis Bd. Gukat Northern Shrike. Regular Aviutcr
resident. Arrives the last of October and generally departs the last
of March. Sometimes they I'cmain late in tlie season and may breed.
80. C. ludovieianus var. ludovieiamis Linn. Loogkiuikad
Sni;iKK. Common summer resident throughout the state. I Jiave ob-
tained its nest ■with a full set of eggs early in April, near Chicago. It
generally arrives about the middle of March.
A small series of shrikes from the northern and southern extremes
of the state have been submitted to my friend, Mr. J. A. Allen, who
replies as follows: "They all belong decidedly to var. ludovieianus,
though somewhat lighter tlian Florida specimens, with smaller bills,
etc. There is a slight approach in some of them to cxcubitoroides,
but the resemblance to Florida specimens is far greater than to spec-
imens from the West — Wyoming, Utah, Colorado, etc." During the
past two years I have examined a large number of shrikes from north-
ern Illinois, and have found them, in nearly all cases, to be much
nearer Indoviciamis than cxcubitoroides. Specimens obtained in the
Wabash Valley and other parts of Southern Illinois, exhibit the same
characteristics in about equal proportion, as far as the number of
specimens seen would permit me to judge.
80«. Var. excubitcroides also occurs throughout the state,
especially upon the prairies, but is much less numerous than the east-
ern form. Their habits are identical.
Family TANAGRID^.
Genus Pyranga.
81. P. rubra Vieill. Scarlet Tanaghr. Common summer resi-
dent. Arrives May 8th and leaves early in autumn.
82. P. sestiva Vidll. Summer Kkd-bird. A rare summer visit-
ant. 1 know of but few instances of its occurrence.
Family FRINGILLIDiE.
Genus Hesperiphona Bonap.
83. H. vespertina Bonap. Evening Gi;osbeaiv. A winter vis-
itant occurring at irregular intervals. The Avinter of 1871 they were
quite common throughout tlie northern portion of the state. The
following winter they were much rarer, and since then but very few
have been seen. I am told that formerly, it was of much more reg-
ular occurrence.
105
Genus Pinicola VieiU.
84. P. enucleator Cab. Pjxe Giiosbeak. Formerly common;
now a rare winter visitant.
Genus Carpodacus Kmij).
85. C. piirpureus Grai/. Puispli.: Fxxcii. Common winter resi-
dent; a few breed. Arrives from the north in floclis the last of Octo-
ber, and remains until April.
Genus Chrysomitris Boie.
86. C. tristis Bonap. Goldfi.vcii. Common resident. The win-
ter dress is assumed the last of October and retained until the first
of May.
87. C. pinus Bonap. Pixis Fixcii. A common winter resident
associating with the preceding. Ari'ives the last of October and de-
parts the lust of May. Prof. Jordan informs me that he has taken a
specimen near Indianapolis in midsummer.
Genus Losia Linn.
88. L. curvirostra var. amerieana Bd. Eed Crossbill. For-
merly a common winter resident; now rare.
89. L. leucoptera Gmel. Wiiite-wixged Crossbill. Like the
preceding, a winter resident of rare occurrence at present.
Genus ^giothus Cahan.
90. JEj. Unarms C«5rtM. Lesser Red-poll. An abundant winter
resident. Arrives in floclis the last of October, and remains until the
last of March.
91. -ZE. canescsns Caban. Mealy Red-poll. A rare winter
visitant with the preceding.
Genus Plectrophanes Meyer.
92. P. nivalis Meyer. Sxow Bunting. An abundant winter res-
ident. Arrives in flocks the first of November and remains until about
the middle of March. The 5Lh of March, 1875, I saw a flock of these
birds in a tree in Chicago. The males were chanting a very low, and
somewhat broken, but very pleasant song, bearing considerable re-
semblance to that of Spizella monticola. This and the following
species, as well as other winter residents, appear a week or more
earlier in the fall and depart later in spring, in the vicinity of the
Lake than in other parts of the state in the same latitude.
93. P. lapponicus Selby. Lapland Longspuu. A very abun-
dant winter resident in the prairie districts of the state. Arrives iu
ESSEX IXST. BULLETIN. VIII 9
106
6trag:8lii)g flocks from October 1st to 10th, and remains nntil the first
of May. During the last of Marcli and first of April, large straggling
flocks pass north. An unnsually large flight took place the 20th of
March, 1873. A continuous series of large flocks occupied over two
hours in passing. Those remaining after the middle of April are in
breeding plumage.
94. P. pietus Sicains. Paixtki) LoNGsrun. Common migrant.
March 30th, 1875, near Calumet Lake, I found a flock containing about
seventy-five individuals of this species. Their hal)its were quite sim-
ilar to those of P. lapponicus while upon the ground, except that wliilo
the latter species preferred the wet portions of the prairie, the former
were found only about the higher portions. When flushed they inva-
riably uttered a sharp clicking note, rapidly repeated several times.
When driven from their feeding-place by my approach, they would
rise, in a loose flock, and after wheeling about a few times start ofl" in
.a direct line, gradually rising higher nntil they disappeared. After a
short time their peculiar note would be heard, and darting down from
a considerable height they would alight near the place from which
they were driven. Allliongh the flocks of P. pietus and F. lajiponkus
often became mingled while flying over the prairie, I did not see thera
alight together.
Genus Pyrgita Cnvier.
95. P. domestiea Cuv. Housk Si'Aunow. Introduced into Chi-
cago a few years since and has become very numerous throughout
the city.
Genus Passerculus Bonap.
96. P. savanna Bonap. Savanna SrAiinow. Plentiful during
migrations, from April 1st to i\Iay 20lli, and September 15th to Octo-
ber 25lh. Not an uncommon summer resident.
Genus Pooceetes Bd.
97. P. gramineus Bd Gijass Finch. Abundant summer resi-
dent. Arrives iMarch 2aih to Aprd IOlIi, and departs the last of Sep-
tember. Lai'gc numbers nest on the ground among the junipers and
other low bashes along the Lake shore.
Gcnns Ammodromus Sw.
98. A. 'h.ensiowi Bunap. IIknslow's Bunting. Rather common
snnuncr resident upon the prairies. xVrrives JMay 12lh to 20lh, and
leaves the lirst of Septemljer. A very inconspicuous species that
may be easily overloola'd. lias a peculiar, weak, squeaky song, con-
sisting of several short notes. Nests the last of JNIa}'.
99. A. lecontei Bonap. Li:conti:'s Buniing. A rare migrant.
107
I obtained a fine specimen May IStli, 1875, at Rivcrdale, Illinois, and by
my notes I sc^e that a second specimen was observed the 21st of the
same montli near where the first was obtained. The specimen in my
possession was flushed from a small depression in the prairie near the
Calumet river, where the raoistnre liad caused an early growth of
coarse grass, about three inches in height. After darting off in an
erratic course a few rods, it suddenly turned, and alighting ran rapidly
through the grass, from which it was with difficulty started again and
secured.
100. A. passeriniis Bonap. Ykli.ow-wixged Spaurow. One
of our most abundant summer residents. Found everywhere in fields
and on prairies, from the njiddle of May until first of September.
101. A. caudaoutus var. nelsoni Allen. Nelson's Sharp-
tailed Finch. First obtained September 17th, 1874, in the Calumet
Marsh, where it was abundant at the time. The 12Lh of June, 1875, I
saw several of these birds in the dense grass bordering Calumet Lake,
where they w-ere undoubtedly breeding. The first of October, 1875, I
again found them abundant on the Calumet Marsh, and also found
them numerous in the wild rice bordering Grass Lake, Lake County,
Illinois, the 10th of November the same year. Prof. S. A. Forbes
has taken them on the Illinois IJiver during the migrations, and Dr.
Hoy has obtained a single specimen at Iiacine. Fiom the numbers
which visit us in fall, they must breed in abundance north of this
state. They are difficult to obtain as they take refuge in the dense
marsh grass upon the first alarm. Occasionally one mounts a tall
reed and utters a short unmusical song, slightly resembling that of the
Swamp Sparrow {M. palustris).
Genus Chondestes Sw.
102. C. grammaca Bmiap. Lark Finch. A common summer
resident. Arrives the last of April or first of May, nesting the last of
this month; departs August 2Jth to September lOth. Frequents bar-
ren fields and borders of prairies containing a sparse growth of small
trees and rank weeds. Its nest is generally placed at the foot of some
rank weed in a bare piece of ground. My observations regarding the
song and general habits of the species, coincide with those of Mr.
Ridgway as given in North American Birds (Vol. I, p. 5G4).
Genus Zonotriehia Sio.
103. Z. leueophrys Sw. Wiiiri:-cRt>WNED Sparrow. Common
migrant: March 20Lh to May I.">tli, and September 20t!i to October
25tlL Frequents borders of cultivated fiekis and hedges.
103'?. Var. interiiiedia Bkhj. The 20Lh of April, 1S71, a specimen
of this form was obtained near Racine by Dr. Hoy. The specimen
108
has been kindly loaned me for examination, and is without doubt a
perfectly authentic example of this variety. The lores are almost
white, considerably lighter than in average specimens of intermedia.
104. Z. coronata i?rf. Goldkn-chownkd SpAiutow. A beautiful
male specimen of this species was obtained the middle of April, 1S58,
by Dr. Hoy in his garden at Racine. The specimen was first identified
by JMr. Cassin. This specimen was loaned me with the pi'eceding, and
upon comparison I find it difiers but very slightly from California
specimens of the same species in my collection.
105. Z. albicollis Bonap. White-thkoated SPAunow. Very
abundant migrant, and rare summer resident. Migrates April 20th to
May 25th, and September 20th to October 30th.
106. Z. querula Gamb. Haukis's Finch. A very rare visitant.
There is a specimen in Dr. Hoy's collection, taken at Racine, May,
185G.
Genus Junco Wagl.
107. J. tiyemalis Sclat. Sxow Bird. Found everywhere in
town and countrjs in the greatest abundance during the migrations;
March Ifjth to May 5th and September 15th to October 30th. A few
remain during winter.
Genus Spizella Bonap.
108. S. monticola Bd. Thee Sparrow. Abundant winter resi-
dent about thickets and in marshes. Arrives the loth of October and
departs the 1st of April. The first of March they collect in large
flocks and are very musical. Often a large portion of the flock will
unite in song which, although it may be more than equalled later in
the season, yet, coming as it does between winter and spring, and so
touchingly plaintive, one involuntarily stops to listen with a peculiar
feeling of pleasure.
109. S. pusiUa Bonap. Field Sparrow. Common summer resi-
dent. Arrives April 15th to May 1st, and leaves the last of September.
Nests in large numbers in low bushes along the lake shore.
110. S. socialis Bonap. CiiirpiNG Sparrow. A common, but not
abundant, summer resident. Arrives the first of April and leaves
during October. Mr. Rice has obtained a nest of this species placed
in a bunch of grass upon the ground, and in May, 1S73, I found a nest
placed directly upon the ground at tlie foot of a coarse weed. In each
case the nest contained eggs and the parents were seen.
111. S. pallida Bonap. Clay-colored Sparrow. A rare sum-
mer resident about the borders of prairies. Specimens are in Mr.
Holdeu's collection taken near Chicago.
109
Genus Melospiza Bd.
112. M, melodia Bd. Song Spakiiow, A common summer resi-
dent, but, like the Chipping Sjjarrow, is far less numerous than in the
Atlantic states in the same latitude. Arrives early iu March, nests in
May and departs in October.
113. M. lincolni Bd. Linxoln's Fixcir. Common during the
migrations from May 8tli to 20tli and September 20th to October 15th.
Have seen several specimens during tiie breeding season, and the last
of May. 1875, as I was walking through a patch of weeds, a female
started from a few feet in advance of me, while my attention was at-
tracted in another direction, and ran ofl" with half-spread wings. It
was shot and showed unmistakable signs of incubation, but a pro-
tracted search failed to reveal the nest. Specimens were taken in
July, 1875, near Waukegau, by Mr. Rice.
114. M. palustris Bd. Swamp Spaimsow. An abundant summer
resident, far outnumbering M. melodia, althougii to one who has not
frequently visited its favorite marshes at all seasons, tliis would seem
improbable. Arrives the last of March and departs the last of October.
Genus Passerella Sw.
115. P. iliaca Siv. Fox-colop.kd Spaiikow. Common in the
migrations from March 15th to the 1st of May, and September 25th
to November 12th. Frequents damp woods and thickets.
Genus Euspiza Bonap.
116. E. americana Bonap. Bi.ack-thuoated Buniixg. A com-
mon, and in some localities an abundant, summer resident. Arrives
the second week of May and nests during June. Departs during
August. Shows a decided preference for orchards and fields grown
up with tall weeds. In orchards the nests are generally built in the
shoots growing about the base of the trees, and placed about six
inches from the ground. In fields I have sometimes found them
placed iu a depression in the ground. The nests are occasionally
visited by Cow-buntings, but whether the strange egg is incubated or
not I have not learned.
Genus Hedymeles Cab.
117. H. ludovicianus Sio. liosK-mtiCASTKD Grosbeak. Rather
common summer resident. Arrives 8th to 20th of May, and leaves
early iu autumn.
Genus Cyanospiza Bd.
118. C. cyanea Bd. Indigo Biud. Common summer resident.
Arrives Jlay Sth to 20lh in small flocks, and leaves the last of Sep-
tember and flrst of October.
no
Genus Cardinalis Bonap.
119. C. virginianus Bonap. Cardinal Ghosbeak. A rare and
irregular summer resident. Occasionally specimens remain until late
in autumn.
Genus Pipilo Vieill.
120. P. erythrophthalmus Vieill. Towhee. Common summer
resident. Arrives March 25th to April 15th; departs the last of Octo-
ber.'
Family ALAUDID-SJ.
Genus Eremopliila Boie.
121. E. alpestris Buie. Shore Lark. The history of this spe-
cies in Illinois is somewhat complex. Two current and readily dis-
tinguishable varieties are found during the winter, one of which is
also found in summer. Aware of their identity, yet wishing confir-
mation, I sent Mr. Hidgway specimens of the two. The winter resi-
dent he pronounced typical var. alpestris, and the permanently resident
form var. leucolcema Cs.
121a. Var. alpestris arrives in large numbers with the Longspurs
in October and disperses over the prairies, where its habits are essen-
tially the same as those of lencolcuma, with which it associates to a
certain extent. During April it again unites with tlie Longspurs, and
the last of the month departs for its more nortliern breeding grounds.
1216. Var. leucolsenia Cs. is a permanent resident, found in equal
numbers throughout the year. Sometimes tlie last of Feburary and
regularly during March and April the first set of eggs are deposited,
and early in May the fully fledged young commence to appear. After
a short rest the female hands the guidance of the young over to the
male and resumes her work on a second set of eggs. When the sec-
ond brood are able to follow, the party wander wherever incliuatiou
leads through the fall and winter, until the breeding season again
approaches, when they disband.
A remarkable characteristic of the young of leucolcema from Illinois
is that they are exactly like the young of alpestris, although the young
of the two varieties are, usually, even more distinct than the adults.
So closely like the young of alpestris are they, that Mr. Ridgway had
labelled young specimens from this vicinity, and from Southern Illi-
nois, "a/pcsirts," and supposed this to be the resident variety until he
received the adults above mentioned.
« Througli Dr. Hoy I learn that two specimens of P. arcticus have been taken
in Wisconsin, one near Milwaukee, where it is now preserved, and :i second oppo-
site Dubuque, Iowa. He has seen both specimens and is positive of their identity.
Ill
Family ICTERID-SJ.
Gcmis Doliehonyx Sto.
122. D. oryzivorus Siv. Bob-o-mnk. Abundant summer resi-
dent. Arrives the last of April and leaves the middle of August.
Genus Molothrus Sw.
123. M. pecoris Sw. Cow Bunting. Common summer resident.
Arrives the last of March and leaves in October."
Genus Agelseus VieilL
124. A. phOBniceus Vieill. Ri:d-winged BLACiCBiur). An exces-
sively abundant summer resident. Arrives the middle of March and
leaves late in fall. During October and part of November this.species,
in company with the Purple Grackle, forage among corntields during
the daj', and at night enter the large marshes to roost in myriads.
Genus Xanthocephalus Bonap.
125. X. icterocephalus J5tL Ykllow-iikaded Blackbird. Very
common summer resident in large marshes. Arrives the first of May.
Commences nesting the last of this month. Owing to the restricted
localities inhabited by this bird, it is very slightly known among
farmers; even those living next the marshes generally think it an
uncommon bird. My observations regarding the actions of the males
during incubation do not agree with those of Dr. Coues (Birds of the
North-west, p. 11)0). The only dift'erence between the habits of male
and female is the slightly additional shyness of the former. Their
nests vary endlessly in size, from four to twelve inches in depth,
although the latter size is rather uncommon.
Genus Sturnella Vieill.
126. S. magna Sw. Meadow Laiiic. Abundant summer resident.
Arrives the first of March and leaves the last of October. In mild
winters a few are resident.
126rt. S. magna var. neglecta Aud. Western Lark. A regular
but rather rare summer resident upon prairies. A more frequent visi-
tant during the migrations. A fine specimen is in the collection of
my friend Mr. A. W. Brayton, taken near Chicago the last of May,
1876. This form is probably a common summer resident upon the
prairies in the westei'n portion of the state.
Genus Icterus Briss.
127. I. spurius Bonap. Orchard Oriole. Rather common sum-
mer resident. Arrives Miiy 12th, leaves early in autumn.
112
128. I. baltimore Dmtd. B.vi.TmoiMi; Ouioi.e. Common summer
resident. Arrives May 8tli aud departs in September.
Genus Scoleeopliagus Sio.
129. S. ferrugineus Sw. Kusty Blackbii;d. Very common iu
sprinij- and fall, from March 25th to May 1st, and from September until
the middle of November. Frequents borders of streams and ponds
iu large numbers.
130. S. cyanocephalus Cab. Biikwi:r's Blackbiud. A very
rare visitant In company with the preceding.
Genus Quisealus Vieill.
131. Q. pupureus var. seneus BhUj. Pui;plr Graklk. A com-
mon summer resident. Arrives the middle of March, and departs late
in autumn.
Family CORVID^.
Genus Corvus Linn.
132. C. corax var. carnivorus Bartr. Kave.v. Formerly a not
uncommon resident; now occurs o\\\y in winter aud is I'are. Fre-
quents the sand hills along the Lake shore from the last of October
until spring. The first of November, 1875, I saw several specimcus
near Waukegan, where they were repeatedly seen flying along the
Lake shore, aud also eating the dead fish found tliere.
133. C americanus And. Cnow. Resident. This is fiir from
an abundant species iu Northern Illinois, at any season or locality. A
small number breed in t!ie low pines on the sand hills along the Lake
shore, and iu winter they unite in small flocks and move from place to
place.
Genus Pica Cuv.
134. P. caudata var. hudsonicus Bonap. MAcriK. "Not un-
common iu winter." (Kennicott.) I have no record of its occurrence
other thiin the above, aud its capture many years since near llacine,
Wisconsin, by Dr. Hoy.
Genus Cyanura Sw.
135. C. cristata Sw. Blue Jay. Very common resident. Have
taken its eggs the 25ih of April. At a farm-house near Waukegan,
where I passed the spring of 187G, these birds were protected, and in
consequence were very familiar. Some six or eight nests were built
iu the small pine trees within a few yards of the house, one of which
was composed almost entirely of fragments of cloth, strings, -and
113
othei" soft material found in tlie yard, scarcely a sticlv being used in
the entire structure. Mr. Eice inform.^ me that a few years since tliey
nested alnmdantly in tl)e slirubbery in Evanston, but Avithin a few
years they have resumed their primitive habits and nest in tlie woods
away from tlie town.
Genus Perisoreus Bonap.
136. P. canadensis Bonap. Canada Jay. Before the pine forest
extending along the Lake shore, in the nothern extreme of the state,
was destroyed, this species was in all probability a regular winter
visitant. Dr. Hoy obtained specimens near Kaciue in the winter of
1859.
Family TYRANNIDiE.
Genus Tyrannus Cuv.
137. T. carolinensis Bd. King Biisd. A common summer resi-
dent. Arrives the first of May and departs early in autninn. In the
summer of 1875, Mr. Kice saw one of these birds plunge repeatedly
Into a stream in the manner of a Kingfisher. Shooting the specimen
he fouud its stomach contained aquatic insects.
Genus Myiarchus Cab.
138. M. erinitus Cab. Gi!Kat-ci!kstkd Flycatciikr. Rather
common summer resident. Arrives the middle of May and departs
In September.
Genus Sayornis Bonap.
139. S. fuscus Bd. Pkwkk. A common summer resident. Ar-
rives the first of April and departs late in autumn.
140. S. sayus Bd. Say's Pewkk. Two specimens of this species
are registered in the catalogue of birds in the Museum of the North-
western University, at Evanston, from "West Northfield, Illinois,
collected by R. Keunicott." These specimens are not in the collection
at present. Dr. Hoy has also taken it in Wisconsin.
Genus Contopus Cab.
141. C. borealis Bd. Olivk-sidkd Flycatciieu. Not an uncom-
mon migrant, from May 15th to 2oth, and the last of September and
first of October. I have taken one specimen as late as June 2nd. It
may breed.
142. C. virens Cab. Wood Pewke. A very common summer
resident. Arrives the middle of May and leaves the last of September.
114
Genus Empidonax Cal.
143. E. pusillus var. trailli Bd. TitAiu/s FLYCATCiiKn. An
uncommon summer resident. Arrives May 8tli and departs in Sep-
tember.
144. E. minimus 13d. Lkast Flycatcher. Common summer
resident. Arrives and departs witli E. trailli.
145. E. acadicus Bd. Acadian Flycatciiku. A rare summer
resident. Arrives a little later tlian the preceding.
143. E. flaviventris Bd. Ykllow-bklukd Flycatciiru. A com-
mon migrant; Maj' 15th to 2.jth, and September until the 1st of Octo-
ber. The first of July, 1873, I found them quite common in a dense
swampy thicket in Northern Indiana, where they had probably nested.
Family AlcedinidSD.
Genus Ceryle Bole.
147. C. alcyon Boie. KixGrisiiEU. Common summer resident
along streams and ponds. Arrives the last of March and departs the
last of November.
Family CAPRI MULGIDJE.
Genus Chordeiles Sw.
148. C. popetue Bd. Night Hawic. A common summer resi-
dent. Arrives the lOLli of May and departs in immense flights, often
lasting several hours, the 1st of September.
148a. Var. henryi Cass. First obtained in this vicinity by Mr.
Rice, near Waukegan, July, 1875. The spring of 1876, I found these
birds breeding, with var. iwpetue, in considerable numbers among the
sand hills on the Lake shore, near Waukegan. I should judge that
the two forms existed in about equal numbers at that place. They
are, however, less common in other localities I have visited. Among
the specimens examined were individuals that exhibited a perfect in-
tergradation of the two forms. Some specimens would have the
white patch on tlie wings like those in typical henryi, while the tail
was marked as in popetw', and vice versa. Other specimens showed
a varying degree of white, on the wings and tail, between the two
varieties. In none is the lightness of the back quite so prominent as
In specimens from the western plains.
Genus Antrostomus Gould.
149. A. vociferus Bonap. Wiiip-pooi:-will. Common summer
resident. Arrives the last of April and departs in September.
115
Family CYPSELID-33.
Genus Chsetura Stopli.
150. C. pelagica Bd. Swift. Common iu summer. Arrives the
first of May and departs the hast of August and first of September.
Family TROCHILID^.
Genus Trochilus Idnn.
151. T. colubris Linn. IIuby-tiiuoated Hummer. Common
summer resident. Arrives May 10th to 18th and departs the last of
September.
Family CUCULIDiE.
Genus Coccygus Vieill.
152. C. americanus Bonap. Ykf-low-billed Cuckoo. Rather
common summer resident. Arrives the middle of May and departs
the first of September.
153. C. erythrophthalmus -Z3o«. Black-cilled Cuckoo. Com-
mon in summer during the same time as the preceding. Arrives per-
haps a few days earlier. The two species are of irregular distribution,
and are not generally found together in the breeding season.
Family PICID-ai.
Genus Picus Linn.
154. P. villosus Linn. Haiky Woodpecker. Resident. More
abundant in winter. Rather uncommon in summer.
155. P. pubescens Linn. Downy Woodpecker. Resident.
Much more numerous at all seasons than the preceding.
Genus Picoides Lac.
156. P. arcticus Gray. Black-backed Three-toed Wood-
pecker. Rare winter visitant. A specimen was shot from a tele-
graph pole, in Chicago, a few years since, by Dr. Velie. It is a
common species in Northern Wisconsin, and before the pines along
the Lake were destroyed was probably a regular winter visitant to
this state.
Genus Sphyropicus Bd.
157. S. varius Bd. Yeli.ow-bei.likd Woodpecker. Very com-
mon in the migrations from March 25th to the middle of May, and the
middle of September to October 10th. Males in spring often have
the white nuchal baud tipped with red much as in var. 7uichalis. In
116
the collection of Mr. C. N. Ilolclen is a fine specimen obtainecl at Chi-
cago, wiiicli has the red extending over tlie liead and neclc much lilic
the distribution of color in S. ruber, but of a mucli lighter shade.
Genus Hylotomus Baird.
158. H. pileatus Bd. Pilkatkd Woodpixkkr. A rare winter
visitant. Two specimens were taken near Chicago during the winter
of 1873.
Genus Centtirus Sw.
159. C. carolinus Bon. IIicd-bkixikd Woodpecker. A rare
summer resident. Not very uncommon during the migrations. De-
parts the last of October.
Genus Melanerpes Sw.
160. M. erythroeephalus Sw. Ked-iieadkd Woodpecker.
The mnjority of these birds move south the last of September and
first of October, returning the last of April. A few. generally young
of the year, remain through the winter.
Genus Colaptes Sw.
161. C. auratus Sw. Yellow-siiafteo Woodpecker. Very com-
mon summer resident. Arrives the last of March and in April; de-
parts by the first of October.
Family PSITTACID^.
Genus Conurus luiJtl.
162. C. carolinensis Kuhl. Cap.olixa Parrakeet. Formerly
occurred. Specimens were taken in this vicinity by R. Kennicott
many years ago, and Dr. H. M. Bannister informs me that he has seen
it in this vicinity.
Family STRIGID^.
Genus Strix Linn.
163. S. flammea var. pratincola Bon. Barn Owl. Very rare
visitant. A pair were caught in a trap near Chicago some years since
by Mr. C. H. Smith.
Genus Otus Ctiv.
164. O. vulgaris var. wilsonianus Less. Long-eared Owl.
Not uncommon. Kesident. Kemains concealed during the day in
willow thickets and in similar situations.
117
165. O. brachyotus Steph. Shoiit-earkd Owl. The most abim-
dant species of the fainil}'. Arrives from the north in large numbers
the first of November and disperses through the state. They ai'e
common everywhere, on prairies and marshes, during the winter.
Remain concealed in a bunch of grass or reeds until about two o'clock,
P.M., when they commence flying low over the ground in search of
their prey. When approached, while standing on the ground, they
crouch and try to escape observation much in the manner of the Bur-
rowing Owl. They are very harmless and are easily tamed.
Genus Syrnium Sav.
166. S. cinereura Aud. Gueat Gj:ay Owl. A very rare winter
visitant.
167. S. nebulosum G7'a>j. Bariied Owl. Owing to the lack of
heavy timber this is a rare species in this vicinit}'. Only two instances
of its capture have come under my observation.
Genus Nyctale Brehm.
168. N. acadica Bon. Acadl\n Owl. Not an uncommon spe-
cies. Is of frequent occurrence in Chicago, where, upon some of the
most frequented streets in the resident portion of the town, over a
dozen specimens have been taken -within two years. Wliether resi-
dent or not I have been unable to determine.
Genus Scops Sav.
169. S. asio Bonap. Mottled Owl. Rather common. Resident.
Often strays into Chicago and becomes confused, when they may be
captured alive, as has also been the case with several specimens of
the preceding species.
Genus Bubo Dum.
170. B. virginianus Bonap. Hokned Owl. Not common. Resi-
dent. Formerly common.
1703. Var. arcticus Sw. A rare winter visitant. Have a fine
specimen in my collection, taken the last of December, 1874^
171. Nyctea scandiaca var. arctica Gray. Snowy Owl. Reg-
ular winter resident. More numerous in the vicinity of the Lake.
Arrives in November and a few remain as late as the first of M:^3^
Genus Surnia Dum.
Yl^. S. ulula var. hudsonica (G'hu/uO. Hawk Owl. Rare win-
ter resident. Dr. J. W. Velie tells mo that he obtained a specimen in
Kane County, Illinois, the first of September, 18G9.
118
Family FALCOWID^.
Genus Falco AucL
173. F, communis vav. anatum. Bonap. Ducic Hawk. Not un-
common ilurinii; tlie migrations. Formerly a I'are summer resident.
174. F. lithofalco var. columbarius Linn. Pigeon Hawk.
Abundant migrant, from March 20th to May 1st, and from September
loth to October 5th. Rare summer resident.
175. F. sparverius Linn. Spai:iiow Hawk. Abundant migrant
and rather common summer resident. Arrives early in March and
departs the last of September and first of October.
Genus Pandion Sav.
176. P. halisetus var. carolinensis (Gmel.). Fisii Hawk. Not
uncommon during March and April in spring, and during September
and October in fall. Some seasons this species is quite numerous,
especially along the Lake shore.
Genus Nauclerus Vig.
111. IN", forflcatus rddrj. Swaixow-tatled Hawk. According
to Kennicott (111. Agl. Kept., 1853-4) this beautiful species was once
common in this vicinity, but was rare at the time he wrote. I can
testify to its scarcity at present, only two or three instances of its
occurrence within the last twenty years liaving been ascertained.
Dr. Hoy has noted Ictinia mi^sLssippiensis in Wisconsin, Init I have
no record of its occurrence in this vicinity, although it may yet be
observed here.
Genus Circus Lac.
178. C- cyaneus var hudsonius (^Linn.). IMausii Hawk. Com-
mon in the marshes and on prairies during the migrations; March
2Dtli to April 15th, and during October and November. Said to breed
by Kennicott, but I have never seen a specimen here in the breeding
season.
Genus Nisus.
179. U". fuscus Kemp. Siiaiu'-siiixnkd Hawk. Abundant during
migrations; September 15Lh to October 30th, and April 15th to May
lOili. A few remain to breed.
180. H". cooperi Bonap. CoorEi:'s Hawk. Common summer
resident. Arrives the last of Ajiril and departs the last of September
or first of October.
Genus Astur Lac.
181. A. palumbarius var. atricapillus (^Wils.). Goshawk.
119
Formerly a common winter resident; now very rare. Dr. A. L.
Marcy, of Evanston, found tliem quite plentiful during the winter of
1870-71, and obtained specimens. The only time I ever saw the bird
alive, was the 3rd of May, 187G, at Waukegan, when a fine adult speci-
men passed slowl}' overhead and disappeared toward the north.
Genus Buteo Cuv.
182. B pennsylvanicus (n';7s.). Broad-winged Hawk. Not
uncounnou the first of May and during September. A few breed.
183. B. swainsoni Bunap. Swaixsox's Hawk. Of rather rare
occurrence in tliis vicinity. Have only noted it during the migrations.
I obtained an immature specimen May 30, 1875, at Hiverdale, 111., and
have since seen others. As this species breeds in Southern Illinois it
probably also breeds in the northern portions of the State.
184. B. lineatus Gmel. Kkd-siiouldkkkd Hawk. Common dur-
ing the migrations. Mr. II. Ktmnicott speaks of an immense liiglit of
this species, consisting of thousands, whicli passed over Chicago, "in
October, 1854." The main fall migration of hawks in this vicinity
takes place the last of September or first of October, and a statement
of the numbers which pass In a single day, to one who has not ob-
served them, would be received with incredulity. Choosing a day
when there is a strong south or south-west wind, the hawks commence
moving south early in the morning and continue flying the entire day,
and so numerously that, taking a stand at a good point, one would
have from one to fifty hawks in view, witli but very few intermissions,
throughout the day. Among these occur all the migrants, but by far
the greater number consist of the smaller species.
185. B. borealis var. borealis {Gmel.). Red-tailkd Hawk.
The most common resident among the larger Eaptores, and very im-
mcrous during the migrations.
185o. Var. calurus Cass. Black Ked-tail. In my collection is
a fine adult specimen of this variety obtained near Chicago in April,
1873, by my friend Mr. C. 11. Smilli.
Genus Arehibuteo Brchm.
188. A. lagopus var. sancti-johannis (renn.). Arrives in
large numbers the first of October, and after remaining for a few
weeks the majority pass further south for the winter. The last of
February and first of March tliey ilei)art Jor the north. Exceedingly
shy except while migrating, and in consequence but few are shot.
Mr. C. II. Smith captured alive a line specimen in the black plumage,
in the spiing of 1874, and kei)t it until the early part of summer, when
the hot weather caused its death.
For noble presence and piercing eye this bird has lew equals among
120
our Falcoiiidaj. The specimen above mentioned bore a striking re-
semblance to a Golden Eagle.
Genus Aquila Anct.
187. A. ehrysaetus var. canadensis Linn. Golden Eagle.
Not very uncommon during winter. Arrives in November and departs
early in spring. Formerly nested tliroughout the state. Dr. Iloy
records the breeding of a pair of these birds in a tree near Racine in
1851 (Wis. Ag't Rept., 1852). In December, 1874, Avhile hunting
Prairie Ciiicl^ens in a field a few miles south of Chicago, my friend,
Mr. T. Morris, was suddenly attacked with great fury by a pair of
these birds, they darting so close that had he been prepared he
could easily have touched the first one with his gun. As it arose to
renew the attack he fired a small charge of number six shot, and
brought it down, dead. The second then darted at him, and so rapidly
that he did not fire until it had turned and was soaring up, but so near
that the charge passed througli tlie primaries in a body, disabling but
not injuring the bird, which was tlien captured alive. The cause of
this attack was explained by the proximity of a carcass upon which
these birds had been feeding. The craw of the dead eagle contained
a large quantity of carrion, as 1 learned upon skinning it.
Genus Halisetus Sav.
188. H. lencocephalus (/.!««.). Bald Eagle. A common win-
ter resident throughout the state, and breeds sparingly. Mr. T. H.
Douglas writes me that a pair reared young in the vicinity of Wau-
kegau, iu 1873.
Family CATHARTIDJE.
Genus RMnogryphus I2idg.
189. R. aura (Linn.). Tuukey Buzzaud. A very irregular and
rare vi:>ilant in this vicinity. Sixty miles south it is a common sum-
mer resident, yet I know of but very few instances of its occurrence
here. A specimen was captured, after a snow storm, late in autumn,
several years since at Waukegan, by Mr. Cliarles Douglas.
Family COLUMBID^.
Genus Ectopistes iSw.
190. E. migratoria -S'w. Wild Pig i;ox. Very abundant migrant;
15th of March to middle of April, and iu October and November.
Sometimes arrives in February. A few isolated pairs still breed iu
unfrequented woods.
121
Genus Zensedura Bonap.
191. Z. carolinensis Bonap. Cauolina Dove. A very common
suiniiier resident. The majority arrive tlie last of March and first of
April, and depart by the middle of October. Strairgling parties are
occasionally observed during the winter. In many places this species
becomes semi-domesticated, breeding in the trees in the yard and
showing but little fear when approached.
Family MELEAGRID-ai.
Genus Meleagris.
192. M. gallopavo IJnn. Wild Tuhkey. Formerly plentiful.
No specimens have been observed for many years. Still abundant in
Soutiiern Illinois and in the bottom-lands along the rivers in Central
Illinois.
Family TETRAONID^.
Genus Pedioecetes Bd.
193. P. phasianellus var. columbianus (Orel.). Sharp-tailed
Grouse. If this species now occurs it is extremely rare. Mr. Ken-
nicott notes it as "not uncommon formerly." At present it is re-
stricted to the north-western portion of the state. The last record
of its occurrence in this vicinity is furnished by my friend Mr. T. H.
Douglas, who informs me that in the fall of 18G3 or 1864^, while two
gentlemen were shooting prairie chickens near VVaukegan, they found
and secured a covey of these birds, numbering fourteen individuals.
These had, in all probability, be*;n raised in the immediate vicinity.
Genus Cupidonia lieich.
194. C. cupido Bd. Prairie Chicken. Once excessively abun-
dant; now rather scarce within thirty miles of Chicago. Still exists
in large numbers on the larger prairies, but is becoming much less
numerous in all the more settled districts. In many places the farmers
are in the habit of collecting their eggs by the pailful to use for culi-
nary purposes. Such a drain as this, with the annual slaugliter by
sportsmen, and the restriction of their breeding grounds by cultiva-
tion, is rapidly lessening their numbers except in the remote prairie
districts.
Genus Bonasa Stej^h.
195. B. umbellus Steph. Kuffed Grouse. Common resident in
the wooded portions. Farther north, in the forests of Wisconsin and
Nortiiern Michigan, it is very abundant and so unsophisticated that it
may almost be captured with sticks.
ESSEX INST, bulletin. VIII 10
122
Genus Lagopus Vieill.
198, L. albus xlnd. Wiuvk Ptarmigax. Kennicott gives this
species as : " Sometimes found in tlie timber along Lake Michigan."
This note was based, I think, upon the capture of two specimens,
December, 184G, near Racine, as noted by Dr. Hoy. (Wis. Agr. Rep.,
1852.)
Family PERDICIDJE.
Genus Ortyx Steph.
197. O. virginianus Bonap. Quail. Still a common resident,
although a recent severe winter greatly diminished their numbers.
Exceedingly numerous in Soutlieru Illinois. .
Family CHARADRIID^.
Genus Squatarola Cuv.
198. S. helvetica izH«. Black-bkllied Plover. Not uncommon
during the migrations. Arrives in full breeding plumage the last of
May and .after lingering a few days the majority pass north. A few
remain during the summer and undoubtedly breed. Returning early
in September in fall plumage, they remain until well into October.
While witli us in the migrations this species is generally solitary,
Bometimes a half dozen individuals joining company, or a single speci-
men will be found leading a miscellaneous company of sandpipers
and small plovers.
Genus Charadrius Linn.
199. C. fulvus var. virginicus i?orc/t-. Golden Plover. Avery
abundant migrant. Arrives in large flocks early in April, and at this
time the black of the breeding plumage has just begun to mottle their
white breasts. Frequents wet prairies until the last of the month,
when it generally dep.irts. Sometimes a few remain as late as May 5,
and are then in perfect breeiiing dress. Returning early in Septem-
ber, with the fall plumage just appearing, it remains until into Octo-
ber.
Genus .ZEJgialitis Boie.
200. 2^. vociferus {Linn.). Killdeer Plover. Common sum-
mer resident. Arrives the first of March and departs in October.
Stragglers sometimes appear in mid-winter, during a few warm days.
201. -^. semipalmatLXS Bonap. Semi-palmated Plover. Com-
mon during the migralious, generally in small flocks. In spring the
migrations extend from April 25th to May 30th, and in fall from July
123
31st fco the last, of October. The 2iul of Jiil.v, 1873, I obtained several
specimeus of this species near Chicago. From the condition of the
abdomen and ovaries of one specimen, and the presence of several
recently fledged yonng. I came to tlie conclusion that they hud nested
in the vicinity. It is barely possible, however, that these birds were
unusuallj' early arrivals from more northern breeding grounds, al-
though the arrivals from the north generally begin about the last of
the month. My suspicions that the species either breeds in this state,
or at no far distant point, were strengthened the following season
when several females examined the last of May contained eggs which
would have been deposited within a short time.
202. M meloda var. eireumcincta Bidg. Westkkx PirixG
Pi.ovKR. Very common summer resident along the Lake shore,
breeding on the flat, pebbly beach between the sand dunes and shore.
Arrives the middle of April and proceeds at once to breeding.
From a specimen shot the 24:th of April, 187G, at Waukegan, I ob-
tained a perfect egg, and the abdomen of several females obtained the
same day exhibited unmistakable signs that they were already breed-
ing, as did, also, the actions of the birds. Some thirty pairs were
breeding along the beach at this place, within a space of two miles,
and I afterwards found the birds as numerous at several points along
the shore. Every eflbrt was made to discover their nests without
success, although the birds were continually circling about or stand-
ing at a short distance uttering an occasional note of alarm. The
first of July, the year previous, Dr. Velie obtained young but a very
few days old, at this same locality, showing that there is consiilerable
variation in the time of breeding. This was also shown by specimeus
obtained the last of Ma}', — and which I think were later arrivals than
those found breeding iu April, — having tiie ova just approaching
maturity.
Departs the last of Septemlier. The larger portion of the speci-
mens examined show the complete ring of eireumcincta, while others
exliibit but little more black than in meloda, or have the com|)lete
ring of the former indicated by faint black tips to the feathers across
the breast.
Family HJEMATOPODID^.
Genus Strepsilas Liim.
203. S. interpres (LtH»..)' Tuuxsroxi':. Common migrant along
Lake Miehigan. Arrives May loth iu full breeding plumaiie anti is
found until the rtrst week in June. Returns early in August, still iti
breeding plumage, which is exchanged for that of winter during the
last of the month. Departs about the 20tli of September. Wiiile
124
hero tlicy are generally found in company with flocks of the smaller
species of sandpipers.
Family RECURVIROSTRIDJE.
Genus Reeurvirostra Linn.
204. R. americana Gmel. Avocet. A rare migrant. Generally
occurs in small parties the last of April and lirst of May, and during
September and the first of October. Frequents the bordei's of marsliy
pools.
Genus Himantopus Briss.
205. H. nigrieoUis Vieill. Stilt. An exceedingly rare visitant.
Dr. Hoy records the occurrence of a small flock near llacine, in April,
1847. In the collection of the Illinois Natural History Society, at
Normal, 111., is a fine specimen of this species, taken in McLean
County, 111.
Family PHALAROPODIDJE.
Genus Steganopus Vkill.
206. S. wilsoni Sab. Wilson's Piialauopk. Very common sum-
mer resident in this vicinity. Found in abundance about damp prai-
ries and on grassy nnirshes. Arrives about the middle of May and
remains until into August. I have found its nest from the 2r>th of
May to June 25th. The young usually appear about the middle of
June and commence to fly the first of July. The breeding plumage
of the female of this species is much brigliter and richer than that of
the male, as has been recently announced by Rh". A. L. Kundein
("Field and Forest," July, 1876). The male builds the nest and
attenils exclusively to the duties of incubation, it alone possessing
the naked abdomen during the breeding season. The female always
remains near and shows great solicitude upon the nest being ap-
proached. The first plumage of the young, described by Dr. Cones
on page 4G7, "Birds of the North-west," is retained until Ihcy depart
for the south the last of July or early in August. The adults assume
the winter plumage during July. Tiiis plumage is much like the
breeding plumage of the male except that there is a hoary east over
the back and neck caused by grayish tips to the leathers, and the
female has a greater amount of dull chestnut on tiie siiles of the neck.
The following description of the breeding plumage of the male is from
a series of six specimens taken in Northern Illinois the last of May
and first of June, 187(3. Bill, legs, and feet i)ure black. Crown of
head varying from a light to a dark blackish brown, 'i'he while stripe
so evidi'Ut on the nape of the leujale is entirely absent on young males
of the preceding year, and but obsoletely indicated in old speci-
125
mens. The short white stripe over the eye is nearly as distinct
as in the female. Sides of the neck washed with faint chestnut
brown, rarely as deep even as the fore part of the breast in the
female. The glossy black auricular patch, which extends under the
eye to the lores on the female, is merely indicated by a brownish line
mixed with the color of the neck. The chestnut stripes along the
back of the female are onlj' indicated in very old and perfect plumaged
males, by a few rusty colored feathers scattered over the shoulders
and among the scapulars. The upper parts var}' from a dark blackish
brown with each feather tipped with lighter, to a light grayish brown,
the feathers bordered with ashy white. In all cases the feathers have
darker centres. Rump and upper tail coverts lighter and sometimes
pure white. The primaries nearly as in the female. The remainder
of the wing lighter. Tail as in the female. Under parts white except
on fore part of breast, which is light ashy brown, the same extending
along the sides to tlie flanks. A very light wash of chestnut is gener-
ally present on fore part of the neck. The male averages considerably
smaller than the female. The breeding plumage of the female is as
described by Dr. Coues ("Birds of the North-west," p. 467).
The nest is a simple structure of fine grass blades placed in a small
saucer-shaped depression, generally in a perfectly open situation where
but slight concealment is afibrded b}' the few surrounding grass blades.
Sometimes the eggs are deposited directly upon the ground, without
any nest other than the slight hollow. The eggs usually number four
and are very dark. Their general appearance is much like that of a
small killdeer's egg with an unusual amount of dark markings.
Genus Lobipes Ciiv.
207. L. hyperboreus (Linn.). Noktiikhx Phalarope. Rather
rare migrant the first of May, and the last of September and first of
October. Frequents slow streams or marshy pools, where, swimming
gracefully from one patch of floating weeds to another, it obtains its
food. It is quite gentle and unsuspicious, and I have approached in a
boat within five yards of one without its showing the least concern.
Genus Phalaropus Briss.
208. P. fuliearius (Lnui.). Rkd Piialarope. Exceedingly rare.
Occurs only during the migrations at about the same time as the pre-
ceiling.
Family SCOLOPACID^.
Genus Philohela Gray.
209. P. minor {Gmel.). Woodcock. Rather common summer
]2G
resicU'iit. Arrives early in March, nests the first of April, and departs
late in autumn.
Genus Gallinago Leach.
210. G. wilsoni Temm. Wilson's Snitk. Abundant during the
miyratious and not a very rare summer resident. Arrives the first of
April and nearly all are gone by the first of May. Returns in fall the
first of September and departs by the first of November. Mr. T. H.
Douglas has obtained its eggs near Waukegan, and while there in the
spring of 1876, I found several pairs during the breeding season, in
various portions of the marsh near that place.
IMorning and evening and throughout cloudy daj's in the early part
of the breeding season the male has a curious habit of mounting high
overhead, then descending obliquely for some distance, and as it turns
upward strikes rapidly with its wings producing a loud whistling sound
with each stroke. This manoeuvre is repeated again and again, and
appears to be performed for the same purpose as is the "booming" of
the night-hawk. Besides this sound the Wilson's snipe has a peculiar,
sharp cry during this season, which is uttered when the bird is dis-
turbed. I first became acquainted with this note in May, 1876, when,
■while walking along a marshy strip of land, I was surprised to hear a
loud ku-kd-kd-la-kCi, uttered with great force and in a rather loud,
harsh tone. Turning quickly I was still more astonished to find the
author to be one of these i)irds. It was fiying restlessly from post to
post along a fence and showed the greatest uneasiness at my presence,
the notes being repeated at short intervals. Although its nest was
probably near, I could not discover it.
Genus Macrohamphus Leach.
211. M. griseus Leach. Kkd-bkkasted Snipe. Eather common
migrant. Passes north, often in large fiocks, in May and returns the
first of August, and lingers in small numbers about muddy pools until
Well into October. Quite unsuspicious while feeding and will allow a
near approach.
Genus Micropalama Bd.
212. M. himantopus Bd. Srii.r Sandpiper. Of rare occur-
rence. The 8th of August, 1873, I saw a single specimen near the
Lake shore in Chicago, and the 10th of September the same year, Mr.
K. P. Clarke obtained a specimen at the same place.
Genus Ereunetes Lll.
213. E. pusilllis Cass. Semi-palmatkd Sandpiper. Very abun-
dant migrant and many remain through the summer. From repeated
127
dissections I am confident these are barren birds and, as Mr. Maynard
siigj^ests, probably young of the preceding year. Migrations : May
1st to 25th, and tlie last of August to October.
Genus Tringa Linn.
214. T. minutilla Vieill. Lkast Saxdpipku. Common migrant.
Not so numerous as the preceding. Arrives the 1st of May and re-
mains until the last of the month; returns with the preceding. The
6th of June, 1875, I found one of these birds building its nest near
the Calumet River. When first observed it was busily at work in the
midst of a small bunch of grass, but upon my approach it ran a few
feet to one side and watched my movements. The nest was nearly
finished, and was a shallow depression in the centre of the tuft of
grass, formed by the bird, which had just commenced lining it with
small straws. Unfortunately work was not resumed upon the nest
after my visit, but the birds were noticed several times in the vicinity,
and they probably had a nest in some safer spot. Several least sand-
pipers were observed near Waukegan the first of July, 1875, by Mr.
Rice, who is certain they had nested in the vicinity.
215. T. bairdii Vieill. Baiud's Sandpiper. A rather uncommon
migrant during the middle of May, and the last of August and first of
September. It is generally found in small parties or singly, with
other species of sandpipei's, but it sometimes occurs in large fiocks.
216. T. maculata T7ei7L Grass Snipk. Very abundant migrant.
Sometimes uniting into large flocks containing several hundred and
frequents wet prairies or marshes. At other times it can only be
found singly scattered over the same territory. March 25th to May
10th, and the middle of September to the first of November. A few
remain through the summer, but whether they bi'eed or not I have
been unable to decide.
217. T. bonapartei SchUg. Bonaparte's Sandpiper. Rather
uncommon migrant. Dr. Hoy writes '-that it was formerly abundant
during the migrations but is now rare" (at Racine). June 9th, 1870,
I obtained one specimen and saw quite a number of others upon the
Lake shore near Waukegan. Mr, R. R. Clarke informs me that he
has taken it late in autumn upon the Lake shore near Chicago.
218. T. maritima BrUnn. Purple Sandpiper. Very rare visi-
tant during migrations. A fine adult male obtained on the Lake
shore, near Chicago, November 7th, 1871, is in the collection of Dr. J.
W. Velie. When first seen it was in company with a flock of sander-
lings. This is the only instance of the occurrence of this species of
which I have learned.
219. T. alpina var. americana Cass. Red-backed Sandpiper.
Very abundant migrant. Arrives in full breeding plumage the last of
128
May and is found abont muddy pools and flats near the Lake until the
5th of June. Returning iu winter dress during September it remains
well into October. At tliis season it is generally found in small par-
ties, while in spring tlio flocks often contain hundreds of individuals.
220. T. eanutus Lln-n. Kxot. This is another of the so-called
"maritime species" which regularly visits its breeding grounds by
way of the "Great Lakes," as well as along the coast. It is not a
common but a regular migrant, passing north during May. It returns
early in September and remains until October. I have never observed
it aw.iy from the vicinity of the Lake shore, where it is generally
found in company with one or two others of the same family.
Genus Calidris Cuv.
221. C. arenaria Linn. Sandkulixg. Abundant migrant along
the Lake shore. Arrives in full breeding plumage — which varies
greatly with individuals — about the 20th of May, and is found in
flocks, numbering from five to seventy-five, along the shore, until
June 10th. Keturns the first of August, still wearing its breeding
dress, which is changed the last of the month for the duller garb of
winter. Departs for the south by the 20th of October. This species,
with yE. mdoda, is found almost exclusively along the bare sandy
beach, where it would seem an impossibility for it to obtain a living.
Genus Liuiosa Bnss.
222. L. fedoa (it»?t.). Maublkd Godwit. Eather common mi-
grant. April 15th to May 15th, and September 10th to October 20th.
223. L. hudsonica Sw. Hudsonian Godwit. Not very rare
during the migrations. April loth to May 10th, and September to the
first of October. More common along the water courses in the west-
ern part of the state.
Genus Totanus Bech.
224. T. semipalmatus Temm. Willet. Rare summer resident
in the marshes and on wet prairies. Arrives the last of April and
first of May. Departs by the first of October.
225. T. melanoleucus Gmel. Grkater Ykllow-legs. A com-
mon migrant and regular summer resident. Breeds. Arrives about
the middle of April, the larger portion passing north early in May.
Returns September first and remains until the last of October. In June,
1875, I found several pairs of these birds about the Calumet Marshes,
where, from their actions, I was certain they were breeding, but was
not fortunate enough to find their nests. The 10th of June, 1876, Mr.
Rice obsei'ved a pair about a prairie slough near Evanston. A few
days later a set of four eggs were brought him from a similar situa-
129
tion a few miles north-west of tliat place, and from the description of
the i)an'nt bird — driven from the nest — he decided they must l)eIong
to this species. I perfectly agree with Mr. Kice's decision, for the
prominent characteristics noticed by the collector are obviously ap-
plicable to this bird.
The nest was situated in a slight depression at the base of a small
hillock near the border of a prairie slough, and was composed of grass
stems and blades. The eggs measure respectively 1-70 X 1-30; 1'72
X 1 31 ; 1-74 X 1 32; 1-80 X 1-38 inches. The ground color is a deep
gravisli white, marked on three eggs with spots of dark brown, and
on the other egg with spots and well defnied blotches of a considera-
bly lighter shade of the same. In addition there are shell markings
and obscure spots of lilac. The markings are disposed quite abun-
dantly over the surface of the egg, but are more numerous about the
large end.
226. T. flavipes Gmel. Lesskr Yellow-legs. Much more nu-
merous than the preceding. Frequents the same localities. Arrives
a few days later and departs earlier for the south. A few breed. I
obtained the young, barely able to fly, near a prairie slough the first
of July, 1874, a few miles from Chicago, and have since observed
several pairs during the breeding season about the Calumet Marshes.
227. T. solitarius WUs. Solitaky Tatleii. Common migrant.
Arrives the first of May and remains until about the 25th, when the
majority go farther north. I have several times taken young of this
species just able to fly, and have observed the adults throughout the
breeding season. I do not think there is the slightest doubt of its
breeding in this vicinity. Departs for the south in August and Sep-
tember.
Genus Tringoides Bonap.
228. T. macularius Linn. Spotted Tatler. Very common
summer resident. Arrives in April and departs late in autumn.
Breeds in abundance among the small sand hills along the Lake shore.
Near Waukegan, the first of June, 187G, I saw Mr, T. H. Douglas
secure over two dozen of their eggs in considerably less than an hour.
The nests were generally placed under a small shrub or in a thin tuft
of grass and the eggs could be seen several yards away.
Genus Actiturus Bon.
229. A. bartramivis (U'lVs.). Field Plover. Very common
sunnner resident. Arrives early in April and departs in September.
Frequents in greatest abundance the borders of marshes and half wild
prairies. Quite difficult to approach when it first arrives, but during
130
the brecdins; season becomes perfectly reckless, and hovers over head
or follows through the grass within a few 3'ards until it has escorted
the intruder well off its domain. The presence of a dog in the vicin-
ity of its nesting place is the signal for a general onslaught by all the
birds of the vicinity, which hover over the dog, and with loud cries
endeavor to drive it away. Being but little appreciated as game it is
seldom hunted in this vicinity.
Genus Tryngites Cab.
230. T. riifescens Vieill. Bukf-ukkasti^d Saxupipkr. Very
rare migrant. A specimen is in the collection of Mr. R. P. Clarke,
obtained upon the Lake shore, at Chicago, September ith, 1S73. Dr.
Hoy gives it as "quite common" from September 15th to October
10th, near Racine (Wis. Ag'l Rep., 1852). This is, I think, a mistake,
as is also his note regarding the abundance of T. maritima in the
same list.
Genus Numenius Linn.
231. N. longirostris WUs. Loxg-billkd Cuulew. Formerly
very abundant during the migrations, and a common summer resident.
Now rather uncommon in the migrations and a very rai'e summer resi-
dent. A pair nested on the Calumet Marshes tlie spring of 1873.
More numerous on the large marshes in Central Illinois. Arrives the
last of April and departs in October.
232. N. hudsonicus Lath. Hudsoxiax Curlew. Very rare
migrant with the preceding.
233. N. borealis (Furst.). Esquimau.x; Curlew. Rather com-
mon during the migrations. Arrives a little later than the larger
species and passes north with short delay. Returns the last of Sep-
tember and in October. Frequents wet prairies, with the golden
plover.
Family TANTALID^.
Genus Tantalus Linn.
234. T. loculator Linn. "Wood Inis. An exceedingly rare sum-
mer visitant from Southern Illinois. Dr. Ho}' has a specimen in his
collection obtained at Racine, September loth, 1869, and states that a
second specimen was obtained near Milwaukee, and is now in a mu-
seum at that place.
Genus Ibis Mcehring.
235. I. falcinellus var. ordii Copies. Glossy Ibis. A very rare
visitant. 1 know of but two or three instances of its occurrence.
131
Family ARDEIDJE.
Genus Ardea Linn.
236. A. herodias Linn. Grkat Bluk Hkkon. Commoi) summer
resident. Arrives in April and I have seen a specimen on the Lake
shore the first of December after a severe snow storm.
237. A. egretta Gmel. Gkkat Wiiitk Egukt. A rather common
summer visitant throughout Northern Illinois. Generally arrives the
last of .luly and departs in September. Mr. Rice observed two speci-
mens near Evanston, March 31st, 1875. Breeds in Southern Illinois
and perhaps in other parts of the State.
238. A. candidissima Gm. Littlk White Egret. Much less
common than the preceding. Occurs at the same time.
Note. A. ccLndea will probably be found, as it is even now more
numerous in Southern Illinois during August and September than the
two preceding species.
239. A. virescens Linn. Green Heron. Common summer resi-
dent everywhere except upon the open prairie, where, however, strag-
glers are often taken.
Genus Nyctiardea Sw.
240. N. grisea var. nsevia Allen. Night Heron. Common.
Owing to its frequenting the almost impenetrable wild rice swamps
this species would be overlooked on a transient visit to their haunt.
The first of July, 1874, I saw a few young of the year in the Calumet
Marshes, but it was not until June, 1870, that I learned anything re-
garding tlieir habits in this state. The middle of this month, in com-
pany with my friend Mr. T. II. Douglas, I visited Grass Lake, Lake
County, Illinois, some miles west of Wankegan. This "lake" is simply
a widening of the Eox Kiver, which flows through its ceutre, produc-
ing a shallow body of water a mile wide and about three miles long.
A large portion of the lake is covered with a dense growth of wild
rice. "While collecting near a large patch of this we were surprised to
see a number of night herons arise from the interior of the patch and
commence circling about uttering hoarse cries. Upon examining the
place we were still more surprised to find that the birds were breeding
in this appai'ently improbable location. During this and the follow-
ing day we examined, within an area of two acres, at least fifty
uests of this species. They were all placed in the midst of partic-
ularly dense bunches of rice, the stifl", last year's stalks of which, con-
verging slightly near the roots, formed a convenient base for their
support. The nests were all well-built structures, composed of innu-
merable small pieces of dead rice stalks, varyiug from two to ten
132
inches in length. Some of tlie nests wei'e qnite mathematically built,
the material being arranged so tliat the usual cylindrical form would
become either a decided pentagonal or hexagonal figure. The nests
averaged from twelve to fifteen inches In diameter at the top and
from ten to thirty inches in depth. So firmly were thej^ built that I
several times stood upon a large nest, to take a more extended view,
and did it but little damage. A few contained fresh eggs, and a few
had youiig from one to ten days old, but the majority contained eggs
with half grown eml)ryos. The parents exliil)ited great solicitude
while we were in the vicinity, but were so cautious that we succeeded
in shooting but two.
Genus Botaurus Steph.
241. B. minor Boie. Bittern. Very common summer resident
in marshes and prairie sloughs. Arrives the last of March and de-
parts the first of November. Nests principally in prairie sloughs.
In over a dozen nests examined I have found but little variation.
They are generally placed in rank swamp-grass or rushes close to tlie
surface of the water, from which the nest is separated by a mass of
gi'asses and other material either found upon the spot or collected
from the immediate vicinity by the birds. The nest itself is a loosely
formed platform constructed of the material nearest at hand, be it
grass or reeds. In one instance some boys collecting for me found a
nest of this species which the female refused to desert, so it was cap-
tured and brought me alive with the eggs, which were but slightly
addled.
Genus Ardetta Gmy.
242. A. exilis (Gmel.). Lkast Bittern. A common summer
resident everywhere in marshes and sloughs. It arrives the first of
May and nests the last of this and all of the following month. The
nest of this species I have always found supported, from one to three
feet above the water, by the surrounding rushes. It is a very frail
structure, being a thin platform from one to three inches thick, with
scarcely depression enough in the centre to prevent the eggs from
rolling out, and is composed of small dry pieces of reeds. The eggs
vary from two to six in number. When approached while upon the
nest the female generally slips quietly to one side and endeavors to
find concealment, but should the approach of the intruder be hasty,
she seeks safety in flight. Under ordinaiy circumstances this species
places its nest by itself, but shoukl an unusually good feeding ground
be discovered, containing but one or two small patches of reeds, it
will make the best of circumstances, and in such a place I have often
found six or eight nests in close proximitj\
133
Family GRUIDiE.
Genus Grus Linn.
243. G. americanus Linn. Whooping Chaxk. Once an al)un-
dant migrant, but is now of rare occurrence in tliis vicinity. Along
the Illinois River and more thinly settled portions of the State it is
still common during the migrations, and a few pairs breed upon the
large marshes in Central Illinois.
244. G. canadensis Linn. Sandhill Crane. Formerly nested
abundantly on all the larger marshes, but now few remain to breed
except on one or two large marshes in the central part of the State,
where, I understand, they are still quite numerous.
Family HALLID^.
Genus Kallvis Linn.
245. R. elegans And. King Kail. Common summer resident.
Arrives the last of April and departs in October. Have obtained half-
grown young the first of July, although they usually breed later than
this. Found about grassy marshes and prairie sloughs.
246. E,. virginianus Linn. Viuginia Kail. Common summer
resident. xVrrives and departs with the preceding. I have obtained
uests with eggs from the (Jth of May until the middle of June. This
species is found in almost any place where it can find suitable food.
I have often flushed it in thickets when looking for woodcock, as well
as from the midst of large marshes. Tlie nest can rarely be distin-
guished from that of the Carolina rail in form or structure, and is
generally placed in a similar location, with the exception that the
present species shows a greater preference for dense tufts of grass.
1 have never seen more than nine eggs in a nest of this species.
Genus Porzana Vieill.
247. P. Carolina Cab. Cauolina Kail. Exceedingly abundant
sunnuer resident in all marshy situations. Arrives the first of May
and departs in October. Nests along the borders of prairie sloughs
and marshes, depo>iting from eight to fourteen eggs. Their nest may
often be discovered at a distance by the appearance of the surrounding
grass, the blades of Avhich are in many cases interwoven over the
nest, apparently to shield the bird from tlie fierce rays of the suu,
wiiich are felt with redoubled force on the marshes. The nests are
sonictiuies ijuilt on a solitary tus^ocl\ (jf grass, growing iu the water,
but not often. The usual position is in the soft, dense grass growing
close to the edge of the slough, and rarely in grass over eight inches
high. The nest is a thiclc matted platform of soft marsh grasses, with
134
a medium sized depression for the e^rgs. In the spring of 1875, the
sudden rise of the water in the slouglis in this vicinity flooded a great
many water bird's nests, and among tliem Carolina rail's nests. Vis-
iting the marshes soon after, T found that in every rail's nest that had
been flooded the eggs had been broken by the rail piercing the side
■with her beak. In one instance the bird was found beside the nest,
and when I looked at the eggs I found a portion of them broken and
the contents still oozing out. I found that the coots (Fulica ameri-
cana) and the gallinules had the same habit when their nests were
destroyed by the water, although it was less common with them than
with the rail. In autumn great numbers of these birds frequent the
floating weeds along the borders of rivers where they are sometimes
in such numbers that several may be killed at a single discharge. Dr.
Bannister informs me that he has found quite a number of these
birds lying dead, but without showing marks of injury, upon railroad
tracks.
248. P. noveboracensis Crtss. Littlr Yellow Eail. Not very
rare. Arrives early in May. Several specimens are taken each spring
before the grass becomes sutticiently high to eflectually conceal them.
It undoubtedly breeds here, since the Smithsonian possesses a set of
six eggs taken wilh the parent bird, May 17, l)y Mr. J. W. T(jlman, at
Winnebago, Illinois (tide, Prof. S. F. Baird in epist.). The following
is the description of the above set of eggs from Coues's "Birds of
the North- west" : "They are tlie onl}' ones I have seen and differ from
all those of P. Carolina in the color of the ground, which is a rich,
warm l)ufly-brown marked at the great end with a cluster of reddish-
chocolate dots and spots. Size, 1.15 by 0-85 to 1-05 by -80."
249. P. jauiaicensis Cass. Lutli'; I'.laciv I^ail. Like the pre-
ceding, of not very rare occurrence. Breeds. During the spring of
1875 I saw three specimens in the Calumet Marshes. The first was
observed early in May. On the I'Jth of June, the same season, while
collecting wilh me near the Calumet River, Mr. Frank DeWitt, of
Chicago, was fortunate enough to discover a nest of this species con-
taining ten freshly laid L"Jiii^. The nest was placed in a deep cup-
shaped depression in a perfectly open situation on the border of a
marshy spot, and its only concealment was such as a few straggling
carices attbrded. It is composed of soft grass blades loosely inter-
woven in a circular manner. The nest, in shape and construction,
looks much like that of a meadow lark. The following are its dimen-
sions in inches: inside depth, 250; inside diameter, 3-25; outside
d( ptli, 3-50; outside diameter, 450. The eggs are a creamy-white
instead of clear white, as I stated in a recent article (Bull. Nutt. Orn.
Club, Vol. I, p. 43), and average 1-00 by -81 inches. They are nearly
perfectly oval, and are thinly sprinkled with flue reddish-brown dots,
135
■which become larger and more numerous at one end. Minute shell
markings in the form of dots are also visible. Owing to the small
diameter of the nest the eggs were in two layers.
Genus Gallinula Briss.
250. G. galeata Licht. Floiuda Gallinulk. Abundant sum-
mer resident everywhere in marshes and the larger prairie sloughs.
Arrives the last of April or the lirst of May. Generally has a full
set of eggs, numbering from seven to twelve, the first week of June.
Its nests are placed wherever fancy dictates; on low ridges a rod
or more from the water; in perfectly bare situations on tlie borders
of marshes, or in the midst of the bulrushes or wilil rice growing in
several feet of water. The material used varies with the situation,
from tine grasses to the coarsest rushes and fragments of wild rice
stalks. In the latter case the nest often floats in the water and is
held in place by the surrounding reeds. The young possess the usual
black down and disproportionate feet of members of this family at au
early age, but the basal two-thirds of the bill is bright red, the tip
only being yellow. I have placed eggs under a hen, but the young,
unless removed as soon as hatched, would scramble out and manage
to get away. At this age they have a clear metallic peep, quite unlike
that of a chicken.
Genus Porphyrio Temm.
251. P. martinica {Linn.). Puiu'lk Gallinulk. Very rare visi-
tant. A male specimen was taken in May, 186G, by Mr. C. N. Holden,
Jr., near Chicago, and Dr. Hoj' informs me of its capture at Racine.
Genus Pulica Linn.
252. P. anierieana (hncl. Coot. Exceedingly abundant. Sum-
mer resident in large marshes, and it is far from rare in any marshy
siluation. Arrives the last of April and remains until the last of
November. Nests at the same time as the Florida galliuule, but
shows a greater preference for reed patches in which its nests are
usually located, often in from two to four feet of water. The nests
are generally larger than those of gallinules, and rarely composed of
other material than the dry stalks of reeds. Dr. Cones" descriplion
of the nidification of this species will answer for most of tiie cases
I liave observed, and 1 have examined a large number of nests. (Sec
"IJirds of the North-west," p._ 542.) As winter approaches, and the
marshes and shallow pools become covered with ice, these birds con-
gregate in immense flocks on the rivers and small lakes, and remain
until the cold weather closes the streams.
13G
This bird lias a curious lial)it when approached bj' a boat in a stream,
rising often before the boat is within gunshot, and flying directly by
the boatman, generally so near that it may be easily brought down.
The abundance of ducks and other game birds has caused the birds
of this family to be Init little molested, until within a few years, when
the amateur sportsmen from Chicago, finding the ducl<s diflicult to
obtain, and "mud hens," as coots and gallinules are called, conve-
nientlj' tame, have turned their batteries upon them and have caused
a diminution in their numbers about the Calumet Marshes. But in
the more retired marshes they still breed in undiminished numbers.
Family ANATIDiE].
Genus Cygnus Linn.
253. C. buccinator lUdi. TuuMrKTEH Swan. Occurs during
the migrations. Far from common.
Although many examples of the following species are brought to
the Chicago market during the migrations, it is very rarely that this
species occurs.
254. C. americanus Sharp. Amkuican Swan. Kather common
during the migrations and a winter resident in the southern extreme
of the state. In the spring of 187fi they were more numerous than
usual; quite a large number of specimens were in market and many
vvei'e seen on the small lakes and large prairie sloughs in tins vicinity.
Genus Anser Linn.
255. A. albifrons var. gambeli Cs. WiiirE-FnoNTKi> Goosk.
Very abundant migrant, occurring in large flocks. Arrives from tlie
north in October, and disperses over the state. Found in large num-
bers in corn tields in the central portion of the state, where hundreds
are killed and shipped to the market. When the streams become frozen
they remove farther south. Keturn early in March and fret|Uent the
same localities until about the tirst week of April, when, in company
with the various other small species of geese, they dei)art for tlie
north. During late seasons they occasionally linger until the last
week of April.
The individual variation in this species is verj' great. A large ma-
jority have the ordiuary wiiite frontal band and the uuder parts plen-
tifully mottled with black. In others the black gradually decreases
until some specimens do not show the least trace of dark on the abdo-
men ; in such instances the frontal white i)and is usually present.
The young exliilnt a dark brown frontal band in place of white, but
with more or le>s dark s|)ols on the abdomen. In very high plumage
the abdomen becomes almost entirely black, onl}' a few rusty colored
137
feathers being interspersed through the black. The white nail on the
bill is generally crossed by one or more longitudinal stripes of dark
horn color. In spring, as the breeding season approaches, the bill
becomes a clear waxy yellow. There is also much variation in size
among adults of this species. I have examined a number of speci-
mens which by dii'ect comparison were at least one-fourth smaller than
the average.
256. A. cserulescens Linn. Blue Goose. Although less abun-
dant than the preceding species, it is far from uncommon. Many are
sent to the Chicago market with the preceding during the migrations.
During some seasons the blue geese are nearly as numerous as the
white-fronted. Its habits and migrations, while with us, are essen-
tially the same as those of the preceding species. The adults of tliis
species invariably possess the white head and upper part of the neck,
which in the younger specimens is more or less variegated with dark
feathers. These disappear as the bird becomes older, and in many the
head is a pure snowy white, in shai-p contrast to the dark plumage of
the rest of the upper parts. The young would appear, at first sight,
to be a distinct species, so different is the pattern of coloration. The
white of the head, neck, abdomen and tail coverts is entirely absent,
and the bird is of au almost uniform ashy plumbeous, slightly darker
about the head and lighter on the abdomen. This plumage is retained
until the second year, at least, as many specimens are procured iu
spring with the dark head, neck and abdomen still immaculate, and
these, I think, are young of the preceding year. At the same time
specimens are found with the dark feathers about the head well mixed
with white, representing the second year. In birds of the third year
the white predominates, but not until the fourth or fifth year does the
plumage become perfect.
257. A. hyperboreus var. hyperboreus Pall. Sxow Goose.
257a. Var. albatus Cass. Lesser Snow Goose. Both forms are
found throughout the state, during the migrations, and, although Mr.
Eidgway gives the albatus as the more common form, I think they
occur iu about equal numbers. The adult plumage of this species, as
is well known, is pure white, with the primaries tipped with jet black.
The young are quite different. The crown, back of neck and fore part of
shoulders are dark plumbeous ; the tip of each feather being whitish
produces a grizzled appearance. A dark line extends from the eye to
the upper angle of the bill. The frontal region, cheeks, throat, fore
part of neck, breast, sides of body and rump are soiled ash}^ lighter
than the back of the head and neck, and appearing much as though
caused by the continued contact of white feathers with dark earth ;
but a close examination shows that the effect is produced by each
feather being mottled with tine dusky spots, which ou the sides nearly
ESSEX INST. BULLETIN. VIU 11
138
cover the entire feather. The shoulders, scapulars, tertials, greater
coverts and secondaries, are of a varying shade of dark plumbeous
edged with lighter, wiiich, on the tertials and secondaries, becomes
pure white, and is of considerable width. The tail feathers are much
the same and the lesser wing coverts are like the sides of the neck —
a grizzly ashy. The bill, feet, and tips of the primaries are black, as
are two or thi'ee of the outer secondaries. This species generally
migrates in flocks of large size, consisting only of its own kind. At
times, however, the three species unite and i)roceed in company. It
frequents the cornftelds in Central Illinois while here, and migrates
a little later in the fall, and earlier in the spring, than the white-
fronted goose.
Genus Branta ScopoU.
258. B- berniela Linn. Brant Goose. Probably a rare visitant,
but the only instance known to me of its capture in this portion of
tlie country is a specimen taken by Dr. Hoy, from a flock of three,
upon the Lake shore near Racine. The bird is now in his collection.
259. B. canadensis var. canadensis Linn. An abundant mi-
grant. Arrives early in October and remains until the first of Decem-
ber. Eeturns in March and remains until well into April. Formerly
bred commonly in the marshes throughout the state, and still breeds
sparingly in the more secluded situations.
259«. Var. hutchinsi Rich. Hurciiixs' Goose. Rather common,
but not the most common form, as my friend Mr. Ridgway states in
his "Catalogue of Illinois Birds." I once had the pleasure of exam-
ining a series of Canada Geese which were sent to market by the
same hunter, and obtained the same day in Central Illinois. Among
the eight specimens in the lot were typical representatives of the
tvi'O forms, above-named. In addition were several specimens which
foimed a direct chain in which it was impossible to tell where one
variety ended and the other commenced. The size of the speci-
mens, the coloration, and indeed every particular, aided in perfecting
the series, except the number of tail feathers, which was eighteen
throughout. In hutchinsi I have found this to be a very variable
character, as a large portion of the specimens which agree perfectly
with the dimensions of the latter possess the eighteen tail feathers,
instead of sixteen, as given by authors.
Geuus Anas Linn.
260. A. boselias Linn. Mallard. An e:xceedingly abundant mi-
grant and common summer resident in the more secluded marshes.
Once nested abundantly in the prairie sloughs and along borders of
marshes. The spring migrations extend from the last of March to
139
the middle of April. Autumnal, from the last of September until the
last of November. The fall complement of eggs is deposited before the
middle of May, in some tussock of grass near the edge of the marsh.
261. A. obscura Gmel. Dusky Duck. An uncommon migrant
■with the preceding, and a very rare summer resident. Among the
countless number of mallards killed yearly in this state are scarcely
found more than one in two hundred of this species. One or two
pairs nest each year on the Calumet Marshes.
Genus Daflla Leach.
262. D. acuta (Linn.). Pintail Duck. Very abundant migrant,
and rare summer resident. Arrives early in October and remains
until the last of November; in spring passes north by the first of
April. Each year a few pairs breed upon the marshes in this vicinity,
but whether they breed in the State away from the Lake region I have
no meaus of knowing. In the spring of 1875 several pairs of these
birds nested in the prairie sloughs near the Calumet River, and on the
29th of May I found a nest coutaiuing three freshly laid eggs. The
female was flushed from the nest when scarcely moi*e than a rod away,
and was at once joined by the male from a small slough a few rods
distant. The uest was in the centre of a tall, thick bunch of grass
on a small ridge between two sloughs, and was a slight hollow thickly
lined with grass stems; uo down had been added. The parent birds
circled about overhead, often coming within gunshot, d^iring the
whole time I was in the vicinity. The eggs average 2-25 by 1-50, and
are a grayish olive, similar to the set describetl by Dr. Coues ("Birds
of the North-west," p. 5G3).
In June, 1876, several pairs were seen at Grass Lake, on the Fox
Elver, but their nests were not discovered. In the collection of Dr.
J. W. Velie is a male hybrid between this species and tlte maUard.
Genus Chaulelasmus Gray.
263. C. streperus (Linn.). Gadwall. This beautiful species is
very common during the migrations from the middle of October to
the last of November, and from the first to the last of April. A very
rare summer resident. I have seen but two or three pairs here in the
breeding season.
Genus Mareca Steph.
264. M. penelope Selby. European Widgeon. Exceedingly
rare straggler. Two instances are known; one quoted by Mr. Hidg-
way on the authority of D. G. Elliot, in "Proceedings of the Zoological
Society" (see Kidg., Cat. Birds Ascer. to occur in 111., 2G8), and a sec-
ond is furnished by Mr. C. N. lloldeu, jr., who informs me that a fine
140
adult male was shot on the Calumet Marsh, April 13, 1876, and is now
preserved in a collection in Chicago. It has also been shot on Lake
Mendota, in Wisconsin, by Mr. Kumlien (Hoy).
265. M. americana {Gmel.). American Widgeon. A very
abundant species during the migrations and not very rftre summer
resident. Arrives in spring about the middle of March and remains
until about April 20th. It nests about >the borders of marshes and
prairie sloughs. While here during the migrations these birds show
a decided preference for the open water on overflowed marshes and
large sloughs, and are very ditlicult to approach. Immense numbers
are shot along the various rivers in the state and sent to the Chicago
market.
Genus Querquedula Steph.
266. Q. carolinensis {Gmel.). Green-winged Teal. Very com-
mon migrant. Arrives about the 5th to the 10th of April, and the
majority pass north by the 25th. Keturns the first of October, and
remains until into November. Breeds sparingly. I have known of a
few instances of its nest being found, and have myself observed seve-
ral pairs of the birds in this vicinitj' during the breeding season.
267. Q. discors {Linn.). Blue-winged Teal. Very abundant
migrant and a common summer resident in all suitable localities.
The middle of May, 1875, I obtained a nest of this species containing
fourteen freshly laid eggs. The parent was flushed from the nest
within a few yards. It was situated near a branch of the Calumet
Marsh and close to the rail-road track, being about midway between
the track and fence in a dense bunch of grass. The nest was a well
matted structure composed of feathers and grass, with the rim turned
in so as to partly cover the bird when sitting. As has been the case
each time I have discovered a duck's nest, and often when I have been
in the vicinity of one not known to me, the parents circled about me
the entire time I was near the nest, often coming within gunshot and
exhibiting considerable anxiety. Arrives a few days later than the
preceding in spring, and leaves at about the same time in autumn.
Genus Spatula Boie.
268. S. clypeata Linn. Spoonbill Duck. An abundant migrant
and rather common summer resident. Breeds in much the same local-
ities as the preceding. Its eggs are deposited early in May. Arrives
the last of March, and the larger number p'ass north before April 20th.
The autumn migrations extend from the first of October until the
middle of November.
Genus Aix Sw.
269. A. sponsa Boie. Wood Duck. Common migrant and
141
rather common summer resident in secluded localities, and is espe-
cially abundant in the "bottoms" along the rivers in the southern
part of the state. Arrives early in April and departs the last of Octo-
ber.
Genus Puligula Steph.
270. F. marila {Linn.'). Greater Scaup Duck. A rare migrant.
Present with the following species in about the same proportion that
A. obsctira bears to A. boschas.
271. F. aflBLnis Forst. Lesser Scaup Duck. An exceedingly
abundant migrant and in years when the Lake does not become frozen
over is a resident through the year. This is not an uncommon spe-
cies upon the larger marshes and inland lakes during the breeding
season. Commence to arrive in large numbers from the south the
last of February or first of March, according to the season, and are
mostly gone by the 20th of April. About the time they leave for more
northern bi-eeding grounds they congregate in very large flocks on
rivers or small lakes, and soon all have disappeared from these haunts
and none, except the comparatively few which remain to breed, are
found there again until they return in autumn, about the Sth to 10th of
October. Flocks may be found upon Lake Michigan from one to two
weeks after they have left the inland waters. Their young are hatched
from the first to the middle of June.
272. F. eoUaris Douov. Ring-neck Duck. In about equal num-
bers with the preceding during the migrations. Its habits, haunts,
and time of migration, agree very closely with those of the little
scaup duck. This species also breeds about the marshes in North-
Eastern Illinois, but in smaller numbers than, the preceding.
273. F. ferina var. americana Eyton. Red-head Duck. Very
common migrant. Arrives the last of March and lingers until the last
of April. Returns the last of October and remains until the wild
rice swamps freeze over, the last of November.
274. F. vallisneria Wils. Canvas-back Duck. Very common
migrant. Migrates with the preceding. Like other species of the
Fnligidince. found here, the canvas-back shows a liking for open water
and is more numerous on the small inland lakes than in the marshes.
Genus Bucephala Baird.
275. B. clangula (Linn.). Golden-eye Duck. Common mi-
grant throughout the state and abundant on Lake Michigan, where it
is usually a winter resident. This is usually a very shy species, but
occasionally it exhibits great stupidity. I have known of several
being shot from an open boat upon the Lake, by placing out wooden
decoys which they would approach, sometimes while the gunner was
142
standing in plain view. This, however, was a rare occurrence. Ar-
rives tlie last of October or first of November, and departs the first
of April.
276. B. islandica Bd. Barkow's Goldkn-eye Duck, A winter
re.sident upon Lal^e Michigan, and found irregularly throughout the
state at that season. A "specimen was obtained at Mt. Carrael, on the
Wabash River, in December, 1874, by Professor F. Stein, and I have
observed it at Chicago. Dr. Hoy writes that a specimen was shot at
Eacine during the winter of 18G0. They are probably not uncommon
upon the Lake in winter, but owing to the great difficulty experienced
in collecting ducks on perfectly open water at this season, a definite
knowledge of the numbers in which this and several other aquatic
species visit us during winter has not been obtained.
277. B. albeola Bd. Buffle-head Duck. The most abundant
species of the cenus. Frequents the rivers and other inland waters
in greatest abundance. Immense numbers are sent to the Chicago mar-
ket each season. Although abundant with the preceding upon Lake
Michigan, it is still more numerous on the inland waters. Winter
resident. Arrives the last of October and sometimes remains until
the first of May.
Genus Harelda Leach.
278. H. glacialis {Linn.). Old-wife Duck. An exceedingly
abundant winter resident upon Lake Michigan and sparingly dis-
persed throughout the state during that season. It was obtained by
Professor Stein at Mt. Carmel, in December, 1874. A few stragglers
make their appearance the last of October, but the main body do not
arrive until about the first of Deceiuber. The last of March or first
of April nearly all depart for the north, but a few are found until the
last of the month. Just before they migrate they unite in large flocks
and make a great gabbling and noise. At all times while here they
are very shy and diflicult to oljtain.
Genus Histrionicus Lesson.
279. H. torquatns (Linn.). Harlequin Duck. Rather rare
winter resident upon Lake Michigan. Dr. Hoy has secured several
specimens at Racine.
Genus Somateria Leach.
280. S. moUissima Leach. Eider Duck. Not a very rare winter
resident upon Lake Michigan and probably occurs in suitable places
tliroughout the state. In my collection is an immature specimen, ob-
tained near Chicago in December, 1874, and Dr. H. B. Bannister has
several times noted them at Evanston. Dr. Hoy informs me that a
specimen was shot at Racine in January, 1875.
143
281. S. spectabilis iear7». King Eider. Eare winter visitant —
perhaps winter resident — to Lalie Michifjan and otlicr parts of tlie
state. ''An adult female, obtained at Chillicothe, on the Illinois IJiver,
in the winter of 1874, has been sent to the National Museum by W. H.
Collins, Esq., of Detroit, Mich." (Eidgway). "A single specimen has
been taken at Milwaukee, Wisconsin, and is preserved in a collection
at that place" (Hoy).
Genus CEdemia Flem.
282. CE. americana Sw. Black Scoter. Eather common upon
the Lake. JV^inter resident. Arrives the first of November and de-
parts by the first of April.
283. CE. fusca (Linn.). Velvet Scoter. Like the preceding a
rather common winter resident upon the Lake, and occurs throughout
the state, specimens being sent to the Chicago market from the Illi-
nois Elver and various other streams in Central Illinois.
284. GE. perspicillata Steph. Surf Duck. A common winter
resident upon Lake Michigan and occurs throughout the state at this
season. Quite a number of specimens were taken upon the Calumet
Marshes during the fall of 187&, and many others seen. Arrives the
last of October and departs the last of March. "A single specimen,
an immature bird, was obtained at Mt. Carmel by Professor Stein in
October, 1875" (Eidgway).
Genus Erismattira Bonap.
285. "E. ruhida Bon ap. Euddy Duck. Very common during the
migrations. Summer resident. Breeds. The spring migration begins
about the middle of April and continues until the 5th of May. A few
return as early as the first of October, but the main fall migration
commences the last of this month and extends to the first of Novem-
ber. The middle of September, 1875, my friend Mr. T. H. Douglas,
of Waukegau, found a pair with eight or ten full grown young in a
small lake near that place, and obtained several specimens. As the
fall migration of this species does not commence until some weeks
later than this, I think it very probable these birds were hatched in
the vicinity. This supposition is rendered still more reasonable by
the following observations. The 12th of June, 1875, while walking
through the dense grass close to the shore of Calumet Lake, looking
for sharp-tailed finches, a female ruddy duck started from the grass
a few yards in advance and flew heavily away and alighted in the
I'eeds a short distance out from shore. Being well acquainted with
the species, I at once recognized the bird by unmistakable peculiarities
of form and flight, as well as coloration, so I did not shoot it as I
could easily have done, but instead, made a thorough search for the
144
nest, which I was certain must be near. The dense grass, about three
feet high, proved an efl'ectual shield, however, and I was compelled to
depart without the coveted eggs. The middle of June, 1876, while
rowing among the numerous rice patches upon Grass Lake, in com-
pany with Mr. T. H. Douglas, a ruddy duck arose a short distance ia
advance and flew ofT in plain view, leaving no doubt as to the species,
as we both recognized it at sight. The only other record of the
occurrence of this species in the United States during the breeding
season is that of Dr. Coues, who, while connected with the Northern
Boundary Survey, found them breeding in numbers in Northern Da-
kota and Montana. ■*
Genus Mergus Linn.
286. M. merganser iwiH. Goosander. Very common migrant,
and a few remain about airholes in streams and ponds or upon Lake
Michigan, during the winter. I do not think this species remains to
breed, but it is barely possible it may in rare cases. Ai'rives the last
of October and departs the last of March and first of April.
287. M. serrator iijm. Ekd-bkeasted MERGAisfSER. The rarest
species of the genus in this vicinity. Frequents small reedy lakes,
where it is a rare summer resident. Nests upon old muskrat houses.
The migrations are : in fall, from October first to the last of Novem-
ber; in spring, the last of March to the first of May. A very rare
winter resident. During the height of the migrations it is rather
common upon Lake Michigan in small flocks.
288. M. eucuUatus Luin. Hooded Merganser. Very abundant
migrant. Common winter resident upon Lake Michigan. Breeds
sparingly throughout the state. Arrives the last of October and
remains until the first of April. The last of August, 1875, I found
several pairs of these birds with partly grown young upon some small
lakes in Union County, Southern Illinois.
Family PELECANID^.
Genus Pelecanus Linn.
289. P. trachyrhynehus Lath. White Pelican. At present
an exceedingly rare visitant during the migrations. Formerly they
were regular and rather common migrants. Still migrate along the
Mississippi Kiver.
Family GRACULID.^.
Genus Graculus Linn.
290. G. dilophus var. dilophus Sw. Double-crested Cor-
145
MORAXT. A regular but rather uucommou migrant and sometimes a
winter resident.
290 ff. Var. floridanus And. Florida Cormorant. A regular
summer resident in Southern Illinois, occasionally straying to the
northern portion of the state. A specimen of this variety was ob-
served in May, 1876, at Waukegan. I do not think G. carbo occurs in
this vicinity.
Family LARID^.
Genus Stercorarius Briss.
291. S. pomatortiinus Vieill. Pomarine Jaeger. A rare win-
ter visitant to Lake Michigan. It was first observed by Mr. F. L. Kice
near Evanston and upon the strength of this introduced to the fauna
of the state. I am happy to record a second instance of Its occur-
rence near flhicago, October 9th, 1876, when I observed a fine adult
specimen flying along the Lake shore, and so near that there could be
no possibility of mistake.
Genus Larus Linn.
292. L. glaucus Br'dnn. Glaucus Gull. A rather rare winter
visitant to Lake Michigan. Dr. Hoy has killed three specimens upon
the Lake near Ilaciue, one of which is now preserved in his collection.
He has seen others during severe winters.
293. L. leueopterus Fabr. White-winged Gull. A regular
and not uncommon winter resident on Lake Michigan.
294. L. marinus Linn. Great Black-backed Gull. Not an un-
common winter resident vipon Lake Michigan. The immature young
are greatly in exc«ss of the adults.
295. L. argentatus var. argentatus Brllnn. European Her-
ring Gull. Very rare winter visitant to the Lake. A single speci-
men, an adult female, vi*as obtained in the Chicago Harbor March 27,
1876. Dr. Cones records two other specimens of this form obtained
in this country, one in Mr. Lawrence's private cabinet and the other
in the Cambridge Museum (see B. of N. W., p. 628). The Illinois
specimen has been examined by Dr. Coues and Mr. Ridgway and, pro-
nounced by them to be identical with the European bird. The most
sti'iking peculiarit}^ is its small size and the white terminal space over
two inches long, upon the outer primaiy. The dimensions of my
specimen are as follows: length, 22-50; wing, 15'30; tarsus, 2-25; bill,
1-90. Iris hazel.
295 a. Var. smithsonianus Coues. American Herring Gull.
Very abundant winter resident upon Lake Michigan, and occurs
throughout the state. Large numbers frequent the prairie near the
slaughter houses, in the vicinity of Chicago, where they find a gene-
146
rous suppl.v of offal. Arrives from the north during October, and the
adults, with the greater portion of the young, move north the middle
of April. I do not think that the young breed until they don the per-
fectly adult plumage, for, in June, 1876, I found a large flock consist-
ing of about two hundred immature gulls, nearly all of tiiis species,
upon the Lake shore near Waukegan, and upon making inquiries
learned that each year about the same number were in the habit of
remaining at this place through the summer. The flock contained
birds in every stage of plumage between the last year's young and
the adult birds, of which a few were present. The lai'ge number of
fishing nets set at Waukegan explained their preference for that
locality. A colony of these birds breed on an island in the channel
between Lake Michigan and Green Bay, and manj- others at various
places on Lake Superior.
296. L. delewarensis Ord. Eing-billed Gull. Common mi-
grant along the Lake. Very rarely remains through the winter.
Most common with us September 20th to November 30th, and March
20th to the first of May. A few young of this, species were, with the
flock of young herring gulls, observed at Waukegan in June.
297. L. tridactylus Linn. Common Kittiwake Gull. A i-are
winter visitant to Lake Michigan. Dr. Hoy writes that in the winter
of 1870 a single specimen of this species kept about the harbor for
several days, but was too shy to be shot. He is quite certain of his
identification, as he examined the bird carefully with a large field
glass, wliile it was standing upon a piece of ice just out of gun shot.
298. L. atricilla (7/uin.). Laughing Gull. "Summer visitant"
(Ridgway). I give tliis species entirely upon the strength of its oc-
currence in Mr. Kidgway's Catalogue (Ann. N. Y. Lye. N. H., Jan.,
1874).
299. L. franklini Bich. Franklin's Gull. A rare visitant to
Lake Michigan. A specimen was obtained at Milwaukee in 1850, and
is preserved in a collection at that place (Hoy). This species un-
doubtedly is of more or less regular occurrence during the migrations
in company with the immense numbers of L. phitadelphia which pass
along the Lake to their breeding grounds.
300. L. Philadelphia Ord. Bonaparte's Gull. Exceedingly
abundant migrant. Arrives in large numbers, and usually in full breed-
ing dress, the 5th to 10th of April, and the majority, after lingering
along the shore a few weeks, pass north to their summer resorts, dur-
ing the first two weeks of May. Returning the last of August, while
resuming the winter dress, they remain more or less abundant until well
into Noverabei". In very mild winters a few remain during the season.
As is the case with the herring gull, many of the young of this spe-
cies do not proceed north, but remain along the Lake during the
147
breeding season. Instead of remaining about sand bars, however,
tliey prefer tlie fisliermeu's stakes out half a mile or more from shore,
and it is rarely that they cannot be found at such places during the
summer months. The autumn moult occurs the last of August.
Genus Xema Leach.
301. X. sabinei Bonap. Foi!K-tailed Gull. Exceedingly rare
visitant to Lake Blichigan. While collecting on the Lake shore near
Chicago, the first of April, 1873, I saw ^ specimen of this bird in a
small pool of water on the beach. At first I supposed it was a Bona-
parte gull, and was about passing it, when it arose, and as it passed
toward the Lake I saw it was something new to me, and fired. It flew
a few rods and fell into the Lake about thirty yards from shore. It
was in perfect breeding dress, as was shown by the black markings
on the head, each time it was raised while struggling in the water.
A gale from off shore soon drifted it from sight.
Genus Sterna Linn.
302. S. anglica i(/oji«. Gull-billed Tehn. An exceedingly rare
visitant during summer.
303. S. caspia Pall. Caspl\n Tekn. An irregular but not un-
common visitant during the migrations and in winter upon Lake
Michigan. The 9th of June, 187G, I saw a fine specimen fishing along
the Lake shore, at Waukegan. Its occurrence so late is very unusual.
Dr. Bannister has frequently observed it at Evanston in winter.
304. S. regia Gamh. Koyal Tern. An exceedingly rare summer
visitant to Lake Michigan. A specimen was taken at Milwaukee many
years since and preserved in a museum there (Hoy).
305. S. hirundo Linn. Wilson's Tern. Very abundant migrant.
From April 2Sth to May 10th, and the middle of October, are the times
of the greatest abundance of this species. A few still breed on small
islands at the northern end of the Lake, where they once nested in
abundance. I have never observed it here during the breeding sea-
son.
306. S. forsteri Nutt. Forsteu's Tern. Migrates with the pre-
ceding, but in less abundance. Rather common summer resident in
this portion of the state. Breeds in the numerous small, reedy lakes.
The young fly about the middle of July.
On page 679, "Birds of the North-west," Dr. Coues states that "in
the interior" /orsieri "almost replaces hirundo, being, in fact, the
most characteristic species." This is the case during the breeding
season, as hirundo seeks the larger and more open bodies of water,
and forsteri prefers the small lakes and reedy streams. During the
148
migrations, however, tlie hosts of hirundo moving to or from their
northern breeding places greatly outnumber forsten.
The above is true of Illinois, and will, I think, apply eciually well to
other points in the Mississippi valley, where the two forms occur.
This and the preceding are in breeding plumage when they arrive in
spring. White feathers commence to replace the black cap early iu
August in forsteri. Although I have been aware that S.forsteri nested
in this vicinity for several years, it was not until the middle of June,
1876, that I had the pleasure of examining one of their nests. While
we were collecting eggs among the wild rice patches, on Grass Lake,
June 14th, Mr. Douglas observed a pair of these terns hovering near a
small patch of Saggitaria leaves growing in several feet of water, and
rowing to the spot found the nest, which was a loosely built structure
of coarse pieces of reeds resting upon a mass of floating plants and
concealed from view by the surrounding leaves. Upon the side of the
nest was a single young bird, about to scramble into the water, but
upon seeing Mr. Douglas it crouched to avoid being observed, and
was captured. A thorough search at the time failed to reveal any
other young ones, so the adults, which had been darting and scream-
ing about his liead, were secured, with a second pair which had es-
poused the cause of their companions. Their anxiety we afterwards
found to be the proximity of an unfinished nest, similarly situated.
That evening we found and secured two more young upon the nest
found iu the morning. The next morning fortune favored me, and,
while passing between several floating masses of decaying vegetable
matter I observed four small heaps of wild rice stalks resting upon
one of these masses, and on a nearer view, to my delight they proved
to be the desired nests containing eggs. The nests were situated iu
a liue, and the two outer ones were not over twenty-flve feet apart.
The only materials used were pieces of wild rice stems, which were
obviously brought from some distance, as the nearest patch of rice
was several rods distant. The nests were quite bulky, the bases being
two feet or more in diameter. The greatest depth was about eight
inches, and the depression in the centre so deep that while sitting iu
the boat a rod away the eggs were not visible. Two of the nests con-
tained three eggs, and two contained two eggs, each. The following
are the measurements of three of the eggs, representing the amount
of variation: 1-70 by 1-25; 1-75 by 1-20 and 1G8 by 1-25. The ground
color varies from a pale greenish to a warm brownish drab. The spots
and shell markings are of a varying shade of brown, distributed much
as in the other small tern's eggs.
While near the nests the birds were circling high overhead, now
and then uttering a harsh cry, but, concealing myself iu the rice near
by, I soon secured several of tlie parent birds as they flew about the
149
nests, uttering angi'y cries at the spoliation of their treasures. After
tlie first bird fell into tlie water, tlie others showed the usual sym-
pathy of their Ivind, but as the third or fourth specimen was killed,
the remainder cautiously withdrew and uttered their complaints at a
safer distance. Several other pairs were nesting on the Lake at this
time, but we were unable to find their nests.
308. S. superciliaris Vieill. Least Tekn. A very rare summer
visitant in this vicinity. A fine male specimen is in the collection of
the Chicago Academy of Sciences, obtained June 11, 1876, upon the
Calumet Marshes.
Genus Hydroehelidon Boie.
309. H. lariformis Coues. Shokt-tailed Tern. Exceedingly
abundant summer resident upon all the large marshes and prairie
sloughs. Arrives the first of May and remains until the first of Sep-
tember, after which but few are to be found. I have taken freshly
laid eggs from May 2oth to June 18th. The middle of June I have
taken specimens in perfect winter dress, although this is unusually
early. Generally a few white feathers begin to appear near the base
of the bill about this time, and by the first week of July an endless
series may be seen between the perfect breeding to the perfect winter
plumage. By the middle of July specimens iu which the black pre-
dominates are i-are. This bird frequentis almost exclusively reedy
streams and marshy situations, and is never found upon Lake Michi-
gan except during the migrations, when a few specimens may be seen
with the flocks of the larger terns.
The following notes upon the breeding habits of this species com-
prise my observations during the last two seasons, during which time
I have examined J^etween two and three hundred nests. In nearly
every instance the eggs were deposited in a well-built nest formed of
the surrounding material. In prairie sloughs the nests are generally
located well out from shore, in from one to two and one-half feet of
water, and in the midst of the fine wiry grass growing in such places.
In such situations the nests are formed of a mass of the surrounding
grass, consisting of both living blades and the dead straws floating in
the water. These are heaped into a conical mass, upon the apex of
which, resting but an inch or two above the surface of the water, the
eggs were placed. As would be supposed these structures were often
quite bulky. In one instance I collected all the eggs deposited iu a
small prairie sjough, and upon visiting the place about a week later,
found the birds had built smaller nests in shallow water, and deposited
a second set of eggs. These wei'e removed, and upon a third visit I
found many of the birds were nesting upon the masses of dead weeds
or upon old muskrat houses. The sets takeu from the above nests
150
averaged as follows: first, three eggs; second, two eggs; third, one
egg. When the nests are built upon a small lake, where the water is
too deep for their nest to rest upon the bottom, they generally build
a slight nest of grass stems upon a floating bog, mass of dead reeds
or old muski'at houses, but a well built nest will be found in nine
cases out of ten. Early in May, when farmers are ploughing near a
place frequented by these terns, they often follow behind the plough
and pick up the earth-worms and larva? exposed.
An unfledged young one, which I once took home became very famil-
iar in a few hours, and would come, upon being called by a squeaking
uoise, and take a fly from my fingers. It was also quite expert at
capturing flies upon the floor, but it was some time before it learned
to distinguish between a fragment of dirt or a nail head and the
insect. Although but little over a week old it could run rapidly from
place to place and appeared quite contented with its change of quar-
ters, and but for an unfortunate accident v.'hich caused its death would,
I think, have been easily raised.
Family COLYMBID-Sl.
Genus Colymbus Linn.
309. C. torquatus Briinn. Loon. Very common winter resi-
dent upon Lake ^Michigan. Formerly nested commonly among the
small lakes in this portion of the state, but now it is of uncommon
occurrence during summer.
310. C. arcticus Linn. Blagk-throated Loon. A very rare
winter visitant upon Lake Michigan. There is a specimen in Dv.
Hoy's collection, taken at Kacine, and a second specimen was cap-
tured and preserved at Milwaukee.
311. G, septentrionalis Z(j(«. Rkd-throated Loon. Very com-
mon winter resident upon Lake Michigan. Arrives late in autumn and
leaves early iu spring.
Family PODICIPID-^.
Genus Podiceps Lath.
312. P. cristatus Linn. Chested Ghebe. Eatlier common upon
Ltike Michigan in winter. Although Mr. Ridgway states (he informs
me on Mr. Kenuicolt's authority) that it is resident in the northern
portion ot the state, I have yet to see one during the summer.
313. P. griseigena var. holboUi Jxeinh. Ked-necivei> Grebe.
Kallu'r uncommon winter resident upon Lake Michigan.
314. P. cornutus Lath. Hoi-.ned Grebe. Next to the Carolina
Grebe, our most abundant species. Occurs commonly during the
151
migrations; the first of October to November lOtli, and during April.
Breeds sparingly in the small lakes.
315. P. auritus var. californicus Lav^r. Eaued Grkbe. Not
uncommon in winter upon Lake Michigan. Several species of grebes
and a number of ducks are occasionally taken during the winter upon
the hooks, set several miles ofl' sliore by the fishermen.
Genus Podilymbus iess.
316. P. podiceps Linn. Carolina Grebe. Very common sum-
mer resident. Arrives in April and remains until the first of Novem-
ber. Nests along the borders of reedy sloughs, marshes and rivers.
SPECIES NOT GIVEX IX THE PRECEDING LIST AVHICH ARE KNOWN TO
OCCUR IN ILLINOIS.
1. Feucwa cestivalis. Common, locally, in Wabash, Richland, and
adjoining counties.
2. Guiraca ccerulea. Rare in the southern half of the state.
3. Cyanosjnza ciris. Seen in Wabash Co. in June {Iiidgirai/').
4. Caprimulgus caroJinensis. Wabash Co. {liid'jicay).
5. Camppphilus 'principalis.
6. Falco lanarius var. polyagrus. Wabash and Lawrence counties
(^Bidgioay) and Rock Island {Sargent).
7. Elanns leucurus. Wabash Co. {Ridyicay).
8. Iclinia mississi2^2nensis. Abundant summer resident in the south-
ern portion of the state. Probably occurs in Northern Illinois.
9. Biiteo nitida var. plngiata.
10. Archibuteo ferrugineus. Under date of November 13, ISTH, Mr.
Ridgway writes me that while returning from the West the present
autumn. Dr. Coues observed this species entirely across the Great
Plains, and also on the prairies of Illinois, while on the Illinois side
of the Mississippi, at Rock Island, it was still common.'^
11. Catharistcs atratus.
12. Ardea icitrdemanni Mr. Ridgway states that while at Mt. Car-
mel, Wabash Co., September 11 to 22, 187G, he found several of these
birds along the Wabash River near that place, and that one was se-
verely wounded, but escaped.
13. A. riif'i. Not uncommon near Cairo in August.
14. A. caTuJen. Excessively numerous near Cairo in August.
15. Xgctherodias violaceus. Breeds at least as far north as Wabash
Co.
16. Fhitits anhinga. Common in summer near Cairo, and seen by
Mr. Ridgway near.Mt. Cariml.
2 See ali^o Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, Vol. II, p. 26.
152
LIST OF SPECIES WHICH BREED IN NORTH-EASTERN ILLINOIS.
9.
10.
11.
]2.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
ly.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
Turdus mustelinns.
" fuscescens.
" sioainsoni.
" migrntorius.
Harporhyiiclius rufus.
Mimus polyglottus.
Galeoscoptt's carolinensis.
Sialia sialis.
Folioptila ccerulea.
Parus atricapillus.
Sitta carolinensis,
" canadensis.
Thri/othoriis ludovicianus.
»* beioicki.
Troglodytes oedon.
Cistuthorus stellaris.
" pahistris.
Ilniotilta varia.
Helmintliophaga chrysoptera.
" rujicapilla.
Parula americana.
Bendneca oistiva.
*' canilea.
" pennsylvanica.
" virens.
Siurus aurocapillus.
" novehoracensis.
" ludovicinnus.
Gfothlypis trichas.
Myiodioctes mitratus.
" canadensis.
Setophaga ruticilla.
Progne suMs.
Petruchelidon lunifrons.
Hirtmdo hoi'reorum.
" hicolor.
Stelgidopteryx serripennis ?
Cutyle riparia.
Vireo olioaceiis.
" pliiladelphictis.
" gilvus.
" Jlavifrons.
" novehoracensis.
" helli.
Ampelis cedrornm.
Collurio horealis??
" ludovicianus.
" var. excubitoroides.
Pyranga rubra.
Carpodacus pupureus.
52. Chrysoniitris tristis.
53. " pinus.
54. Pyrgita domestica.
55. Passerculus savanna.
50. Pooccetes gramineiis.
57. Ammodromus hensloioi.
58. " passerinus.
59. " var. nelsoni.
GO. Chondestes grammaca.
61. Zonotrichia alhicollis.
62. Spizella pusilla.
63. " socidlis.
64. " pallida.
65. Melospiza melodea.
66. " lincolni.
67. " pahistris.
68. Euspiza americana.
69. Hedymeles ludovicianus.
70. Cyanospiza cyanea.
71. Cardinalis virginianus.
72. Pipilo erythrophthahnus.
73. Eremophila alpestris.
74. DoUchonyx oryzivorus.
75. 3Iohithrus pecoris.
70. Agelceus phoeniceus.
77. ZAintho. icterocephalus.
78. Sturnella magna.
79. " var. ncglecta.
80. Icterus spiirius.
81. " haltimore.
82. Quiscalus var. cc?ia'«s.
83. Curvus americanus.
84. Cyanura cristata.
85. Tyrannus carolinensis.
80. MyiarcUus crinitus.
87. Sayornis fuscus.
88. Contopus borealis?
89. " virens.
90. Empidonax var. trailli.
91. " minimus.
92. " acadicus.
93. " flaviventris.
94. Ceryle alcyon.
95. Chordilcs popetue.
96. " var. henryi.
97. Antrostomus vociferus.
98. Ch(ctura pelagica.
99. Trochilus colubris.
100. Coccygus americanus.
101. " erythrophthahnus.
102. Pi'cifs villosiis.
153
103. Picus pubescens.
104. Centurus carolimis.
105. Melanerpes erythrocephalus.
lOG. Colaptes auratus.
107. Otus var. wilsonianus,
108. " brachyotus.
109. Nyctale acadica?
110. /Scops asio.
111. i?M&o virginianus.
112. Falco communis var. anafwm.
113. " var. columbarius.
114. " sparverius.
115. Cirais var. luidsonius?
116. Nisus fuscus.
117. " cooperi.
118. Buteo pennsylvanica,
119. " swainsoni.
120. " lineatus.
121. " borealis.
122. Aquila var. canadensis,
123. Halicctus leucocephalus.
124. Ectopistes migratoria.
125. Zencedura carolinensis.
126. Pedioecetes phasianellus.
127. Cupidonia cupido.
128. Bonasa umbellus.
129. 0?tj/x virginianus.
130. Squatarola helvetica.
131. JEgialitis vociferus.
132. " semipalmatus.
133. " melodus.
134. Steganopus wilsoni.
135. Philohela minor.
136. GaUinago wilsoni.
137. Tringa niinutilla.
138. " maculata.
139. Totanus semipalmatus.
140. " melanoleucus.
141. " Jlavipes.
142. To^anws soUtarius.
143. Iringoides macularius.
144. Actiturus bartramius.
145. Nuvienius longirostris.
146. .4rdea herodias.
147. " egretta.
148. " virescens.
149. Nyctiardea var. ncevia.
150. Botaurus minor.
151. ^rde«a exilis.
152. G'rws americanus.
153. " canadensis.
154. Ballus elegans.
155. " virginianus.
156. " Carolina.
157. *' noveboracensis.
158. " jamaicensis.
159. Gallinula galeata.
160. Fulica americana.
161. Branta canadensis.
162. ^was boschas.
163. " obscura.
164. Dafila acuta.
165. Chaulelasmus streperus.
166. 3Iareca americana.
167. Querquedula carolinensis.
168. " discors.
169. Spatula clypeata.
170. -4Lr sponsa.
171. jPwZix affinis.
172. '* collaris.
173. Erismatura rubida.
174. 3Iergus serrator.
175. " cucullatus.
176. Sterna forsteri.
177. Hydrochelidon lariformis.
178. Colymbus torquatus.
179. Podiceps cornutus.
180. Podilymbus podiceps.
SPECIES WHICH OCCOK IN SUJIMEK, BUT ARE NOT KNOWN TO BRBED.
1. Protonotaria citrea.
2. Helmitherus vermivorus.
3. Dendroeca var. albilora.
4. " discolor.
5. Oporornis formosus.
6. Pyranga cestiva.
6a. Hylotomus pileatus.
7. Conurus carolinensis.
8. >S'fnx var. pratincola.
9. Syrnium nebulosum.
10. Nariclerus forjicatus.
11. Buteo var. calurus.
12. Bhynogryphus aura.
ESSEX INST. BULLETIN.
13. Meleagris gallopavo.
14. Ereunetes pusillus.
14a. Tantalus locxdator.
15. ^rdea candidissima.
16. Porphyria martinica.
17. Graculus var. Jloridanus.
18. Larus var. smithso7iianus.
19. " delatvarensis.
20. " atricilla?
21. " Philadelphia.
22. Sterna anglica.
23. " ref7ia.
24. " superciliaris.
vin
12
154
SPECIES WHICH OCCUR ONLY DURING THE OTGRATIONS.
1. Turdus alicice.
2. " pallasi.
3. Sialia arctica.
4. Begidus satrapa.
5. " calendula.
.6. Troglodytes var. hyemalis.
7. Anthus ludovicianus.
8. Helminthophaga celata.
9. "■ peregrina.
10. Perissoglossa tigrina.
11. Dendrceca coronata.
12. " maculosa.
13. *' blackburnice.
14. " striata.
15. " castanea.
16. " ccerulescens.
17. " palmariim.
18. Oporornis agilis.
19. Geothhjpis Philadelphia.
20. Myiodioctes pusillus.
21. Fi'reo solitarius.
22. Ammodromus Iccontei.
23. Zonotrichia leucophrys.
24. " var. intermedia.
25. " coronata.
26. " querulea.
27. Junco hyemalis.
28. Passerella iliaca.
29. IScolecophagus ferrugineiis.
30. " cyanocephalus.
31. Sayornis sayus.
32. Sphyropicus varius.
33. Pandion var. carolinensis.
34. Charadrius fulvus var. virgin-
icris.
35. Strepsilas interpres.
36. Becurvirostra americana.
37. Himantopus nigricollis.
38. Lobipes hyperboreus.
39. Phalaropus fulicarius.
40. Macrorhamphus griseus.
41. Micropalma himantopus.
42. Tringa bairdi.
43. " bonapartei.
44. " maritima.
45. " var. americana.
46. " canutus.
4:1. Calidris arenaria.
48. Limosa fedoa.
49. " hudsonica.
50. Tringites rufescens.
51. Numenius hudsonicus.
52. " borealis.
53. 7Z)is falcinellus.
54. Cygnus buccinator. *
55. " americanus.
56. J.?iser var. gambeli.
57. " coerulescpns.
58. " hyperboreus.
59. " var. albatus.
60. Branta bernicla.
61. " canadensis var. hutch-
insi.
62. Ilareca penelope. .
63. Fuligula marila.
64. " vallisneria.
65. " var. americana,
66. Pelecanus trachyrhynchus.
67. Graculus dilophus.
08. Xema sabinei.
69. Sterna hirundo.
LIST OF ■WINTER VISITANTS AND RESIDENTS.
1.
Myiadestes townsendi.^
10.
Chrysomitris pimis.
2.
Lojihnphanes bicolor.*
11.
Loxia leucoptcra.
3.
Parus liudsonicus.
12.
" americana.
4.
Certhia familiaris.
13.
uEgiothus linarius.
5.
Ampelis garrulus.
14.
" canescens.
6.
CoUurio borealis.
15.
Plectrophanes nivalis.
7.
Hespcriphona vespertina.
16.
" lapponicus.
8.
Piniciila enucleator.
17.
" pictus.
8a
. Carpodacus pupureus.
18.
Pyrgita domestica.'"
9.
Chrysomitris tristis.^
19.
Junco hyemalis.
3 Straggler, « visit;
nt from the south.
155
20.
Spizella monticoM.
49.
Fulignla affinis.^
21.
Eremophila alpestris.
50.
" coUnris.^
22.
Corviis var. carnivorus.
51.
Bucephala clangula.
23.
" americamis.'"
52.
" islandica.
24.
Pica var. hudsonica.
53.
" albeola.
25.
Cyanura cristata.^
54.
Harelda glacialis.
26.
Ferisorens canadensis.
55.
Histrionicus torquatus.
27.
Picus viUosus."
56.
Somateria moUissima.
28.
" puhescens.'"
57.
' ' spectabilis.
29.
Picoides arcticus.
58.
(Edemia americana.
30.
Melanerpes erijthrocephalus.^
59.
" fusca.
31.
Strix flammea.
60.
" perspicillata.
32.
Otus var. wilsonianus.^
61.
3Iergus merganser.
33.
" brachyotus^
62.
" serrator.^
34.
Syrinum cinereum.
63.
" cucullatus.^
35.
Scops nsio.^
64.
Stercorarius pomatorliinns.
36.
Bubo virgiyiianus.^
65.
Larus glaucus.
37.
Nyctea var. arctica.
66.
" leucopterus.
38.
SuYnia var. hudsonica.
67.
" marinus.
39.
Asttw var. atricapillus.
68.
" argentatus.^
40.
Buteo borealis.'
69.
" tridactylus.
41.
Aquila canadensis.
70.
Sterna caspia.
42.
Balicetus leucocephalus.^
71.
Colymbus torquatus.^
43.
Pediaicetes phasianellns.^
72.
" septentrionalis.
44.
Cupidonia cupido.^
73.
" arcticus.
45.
Bonasa nmbellus.'
74.
Podiceps cristatus.
46.
Layopus albns.
75.
" var. holbolli.
47.
Orty.c virginianus.^
76.
" vxir. cali/ornictis.
48.
Fulignla marila.
Monday, Decembee 11, 187G.
C. ProuNDES, an English gentleman who has spent
thirteen years in Japan, in the British Official Service,
gave a familiar talk on
JAPAN AND THE JAPANESE.
Around the room were arranged a great variety of
Japanese photographs, and colored pictures were exhib-
ited and explained in illustration of the speaker's remarks-
The photographs were exceedingly fine ones, and the pic-
tures were mostly cartoons, many of them of political
siirnificance.
^ Also in summer.
* Young. ill summer.
156
The lecturer remarked that Oriental life is surrounded
by such a halo of mystery, fiction, and travellers' twice
told tales, that a true picture has been rarely given by
the travellers or stock book-makers. A very large amount
of printed material relating to Japan exists, but the bulk
of the later works are simply reprints or compilations from
previous ones.
The residents, as a rule, in far distant lands, rarely
enter very deeply into the language and literature of the
people among whom their lot is cast. It is like having
to cross unknown lands to reach a far distant mountain ;
the beauties of the extended view are as yet miknown.
The ignorance and jealousy of the natives form an almost
insurmouutable difficulty to the foreigners trying to gain
an insight into the inner life of the people.
The lecturer alluded to the charm and attraction to
those who persevered in the exploration of these grand
hitherto untrodden fields, for the toilsome journey is fre-
quently relieved by rays of poetic beauty, glimpses of
artistic design, brilliant and grotesque coloring, interest-
ing legend, and sketches that show a deep knowledge of
human nature, and of astute and refined capabilities.
Quaint humor, terse proverbs, ready wit, are found.
When the meanings of conventional allusions and fre-
quently occurring sketches are met with, the study is
most attractive, and the literature and art are appreciated.
Japan since the days of Marco Polo was from time to
time brought before the world by attempts to reach its
fabled shores. The age of adventure started by Polo's
book was followed by one of discovery. All these at-
tempts at discovery were surpassed by that of Columbus,
who, in trying to find the Zlpanga of Polo, reached this
continent.
The lecturer said he should present some points on
157
subjects away from the beaten path. He alluded to the
Japanese collection at Philadelphia, and said it was by no
means a good exhibit of Japanese art. The officers were
most anxious to exhibit the progress made in foreign sci-
ence, but the Japanese traders, who were permitted to
monopolize the space allotted, took advantage to display
what they considered the most salable wares.
The generally received accounts that foreigners first
arrived in Japan in 1542 is not correct. I have discov-
ered in some Japanese works that foreigners arrived there
in 1529-30. They mention the arrival of black ships^
and that the captain of these black ships gave the prince
called Otomo Soriau, lord of Tanega Shima, two "pieces
of fire arms." The Spaniards in trying to cross the main
must have been from time to time carried on to the shores
of Japan. We find accounts of curious people lauding
on the coast and behaving themselves strangely. There
is no doubt that the foreigners who landed there have
influenced the arts of the people.
From 1530 to 1630 foreigners flocked into the country
in large numbers ; first Spaniards and Portuguese, then
the Dutch and then the English. These were confined to
Nagasaki. At this time the foreigners intermarried with
the natives to a large extent.
Sketches were exhibited of the island Pappenburg,
from which the foreigners are said to have been thrown
into the sea.
After Perry's expedition to Japan hardly a season has
passed when there has not been a book written on Japan.
Koempfer's old book is the best we have. He had to
work under great difiiculty. All subsequent authors have
followed his method. I have dared to strike out into
new fields.
A new book was lately published by Harpers called
158
"The Mikado's Empire." Jarvis lias published quite a
work, takiug as his basis the Hoku-sai illustrated art
works. These works give some idea of the depth of
feeliug of the artist. All these curious sketches and il-
lustrations have a meaning, though not apparent to us.
The Japanese have learned to copy our way of making
cheap ware with peculiar legendary ornamentation. Old
lacquer objects are the bridal outfits of the daughters of
the nobles of Japan.
Previous to 2300 years ago the Japanese writers treated
of mythological sul)jects, personification, etc., and several
specimens of these curious old legends were translated by
the lecturer and rehearsed to the audience. The lecturer
then gave the meaning of some of the old legends, as
al)Out the sun goddess being on one occasion angry with
the gods. She hid herself in a cavern, and the gods sent
for dancers, etc. Female curiosity tempted her to peep
in through the chinks and she was caught and drawn forth
b}' the strong armed god. Of such incidents are these
legends made up.
The next relates how the wicked step-brother was com-
pelled to slay the monsters. He heard Aveeping and
found a very ancient man and woman in distress because
their only grandchild was to be sacrificed. Proposing to
rescue her from the monster he procures some saki, and
places it in a tub. The monster, dijjping each of his
heads into the tub, becomes tipsy. He then cuts the
monster to pieces all but the tail, which he preserves and
finds to be a wonderful charmed Aveapon. He takes the
maiden away and builds her a hut, etc., etc. Afterwards
he composes the poem which is the oldest Japanese poem.
It is in thirty-one syllables, a line of five, one of seven,
one of five and two of seven.
The son of one of the Emperors was sent to subdue
159
one of the provinces. His wife accompanied him. Dar-
ing a storm the faithful woman jumped into the boiling
waters. His Avhole army was saved that it might punish
the barbarians. The disconsolate husband cries, Ah!
tsuma hoisJii: — O my dear wife, howl grieve for you!
Next the legend of a beautiful lady who escaped during
the troublous times with her children. One of these
children afterAvards became the Shogouu Yoritomo, the
founder of Kamabura, in about 1190 to 1210 (A. D.).
This gave rise to a number of old stories.
Another legend refers to a demon who haunted the
palace of the Mikado.
These legends are fruitful sources of song and story in
Japan, and all the characters on fans, screens, and pic-
tures have a meaning. Fans are very much used for
representations of scenes and other objects. In Japan
they are used for advertisements. Nine-tenths of them
are intended to advertise restaurant and theatrical resorts,
with representations of noted dancing girls. Sometimes
on the fans are views of places to attract sight-seers and
tourists.
Ail Japanese decorations have a meaning, either myth-
ological, legendary, historical, symbolic, or proverbial.
One common sketch represents a man slaying a remark-
able animal, a symbol of difficulties overcome. A fabu-
lous animal is a decoration for imperial robes. Every
animal, bird, and tree, and their relations to each other,
their combinations, have their own peculiar meaning. A
pine tree represents good wishes. A swallow represents
return, as "When the swallows homeward fly." And so
a cherry tree and pheasant, a bird flying to the plum tree,
the bamboo and tiger, and the wild boar, have each their
symbolic meanings. They have caricatures of men all
eyes, all ears, or all legs, figurative of those who see too
160
much, hear too much, or can only run away. Their prov-
erbs are very apt, as instances cited showed.
The Japanese are beginning to imitate foreign customs
and to think more of the companionship of their wives.
It was not until recently that husbands walked out with
their wives. The man walked with friends of his own
sex, and the woman with hers.
The lecturer then described the formal way and the
elaborate ceremonies with which the Japanese receive a
visitor, and gave an amusing account of a call he made
on a Prince in 1866. The host received him on his hands
and knees, and the guest followed his example. They
rose together, and the host apologized for the poor recep-
tion. Many curious details were given. The call was
made to examine the Prince's collection of pictures. The
Japanese does not display his pictures on the walls of his
room, but keeps them in a store-house outside, calls a
servant, who summons a retainer, who is directed to go
to a certain place and bring such a package from such a
spot. The pictures are brought in one by one in little
boxes and hung up for view. A collection of swords was
also exhibited in the same way. It is therefore quite a
labor to see any little collection in a gentleman's house.
Mr. Pfoundes then explained the meanings of the vari-
ous works of art hung about the lecture room ; the sig-
nificance of the objects represented in the cartoons ; the
trees, flowers, etc. He referred to the prevalent super-
stitions of the people, their belief in spirit rappings,
witchcraft, etc. The mediums are very poor people, and
are recognized by the hats they wear. They carry con-
tinually a box supposed to contain the head of a dog.
Some spirit has entered into this dog and becomes the
medium of communication between the two worlds. The
mediums were very unwilling to show me any of their
161
performances, for fear, I suppose, I should expose tbera
and spoil their business.
He stated that lovers sometimes commit suicide to-
gether, and mentioned that he once saw the bodies of a
girl and her lover, tied together with her girdle, floating
down the river. She had filled her sleeves with stones
so that they might sink.
A great many interesting facts were narrated, and a
brief and graphic account of the manner of life in Japan
was given. At the conclusion of the lecture Capt.
Pfoundes invited the audience to propound any questions
on particular points, which they desired to have answered,
and some time was pleasantly and profitably spent in this
manner.
Regular Meeting, Monday, December 18, 1876.
Meeting this evening at 7.30 o'clock. Adjourned to
Friday the 22nd.
Adjourned Meeting, Friday, December 22, 1876.
Meeting this evening at 7.30 o'clock. The President
in the chair.
Mr. William P. Upham read a communication entitled
"History of Stenography, with a proposal for a new Sys-
tem of Phonetic Short-hand Writing ; " illustrating the
same with diagrams and drawings on the black-board.
This communication was referred to the Publication
Committee.
John P. Peabody, of Salem, was elected a resident
member.
BY-LAWS
Essex Institute.
f ADOPTED MARCH, 187C.]
PRINTED FOR THE
ESSEX INSTITUTE.
1876.
OFFICERS
1876-77.
PRESIDENT :
HENRY WHEATLAND.
Vice- Preslden t s
Abner C. Goodell, Jr.
Fkedkuick AV. Putnam.
WiLMAM Sutton.
Daniel B. Hag ah.
Secretary :
George M. Whipple.
Auditor :
Richard C. Manning.
Treasurer :
David Pingree.
Librarian :
William P. Upham.
History— J AMES KlMBALL.
Afmmscripfs—W. P. Upham.
Archceoloc/y—F. W. Putnam.
A^umismatics — M. A. SxiCKXEY.
tfeoio(/2/— Alpheus S. Packard, Jr
CURATORS :
Botany— John Robinson.
^ooloffi/—'ED\VA\iD S. Morse.
Horticulture— CAi.E\t Cooke.
Paintiug (.f Sculpture— T. F. Hunt.
Technoloffy-'EDWiy C. BOLLES.
il/wsic— Arthur W. Foote.
COMMITTEES :
John C. Lee.
Finance ;
James Upton. James O. Safford. II. M. Brooks.
Library .•
Chas. W. Palfray. Joseph G. Waters. Henry J\ King
George F. Flint. AVm. Keilson.
Publications .•
Abner C. Goodell, Jr. Edavard S. AT^vooD.
Edwin C. Bolles. James Kimball.
Lectures ••
William D. Northend. A. H. Johnson. F. W. Putnam. A. L. Huntington.
Field Meetings:
Allen W. Dodge, Hamilton. Francis H. Appleton, Peabody.
Geo. Cogswell, Bracllbrd. Lewis N. Tappan, Manchester.
George D. Phippen, Salem. Francis H. Johnson, Aiulover.
George Perkins, Salem. R. S. Spofford, Newburyport.
E. N. Walton, Salem. N. A. Horton, Salem.
ESSEX INSTITUTE.
ARTICLE I. — MEMBERS.
SiccTiON 1. Any person mny be elected a member, at a Regular
Meeting by a majority of the members present and votin.£?, the name
of sucii person liaving been proposed in writing Ijy two members at a
previous meeting.
Skct. 2. Any person not residing in tlie County of Essex may be
elected a corresponding member upon nomination by the Board of
Directors, but corresponding members shall not be eligible to office.
or entitled to vote. Any member removing from, or residing ont of
the county, may become a corresponding member, b^' giving notice of
his intention and paying all arrears.
ARTICLE IL — OFFICERS.
Sr.CTiON 3. The officers sliall bo a President, four Vice-Presidents,
a Secretary, a Treasurer, an Auditor, a Librarian, and Curators of
Departments who, with the Ciiairmen of the Standing Committees,
shall be the Board of Directors.
Skct. 4. The Board of Directors may appoint an Associate Curator
of any department upon nomination of tlic Curator of the same depart-
ment; and may appoint an Assistant Librarian, upon nomination of
the Librarian. But the appointment of such Associate or Assistant,
shall not make him a member of the Board of Directors.
Skct. 5. The Board of Directors may at any time remove an Asso-
ciate Curator or Assistant Librarian.
ARTICLE III. — COMMITTEES.
The following Committees shall be chosen at the Annual Meeting:
Skctiox G. A Finance Committee (of which the President shall be
ex officio Cliairman, and the Treasurer ex officio a member), to have
the direction of the funds of the Institute, in accordance with the Act
of Incorporation, and of sucli investments of funds as may be neces-
sary.
Skct. 7. A Library Committee (of which the Librarian shall be ex
officio a member), who shall make an annual examiuatiou of the con-
dition of the Library.
(3)
4
Sl'XTT. 8. A Committee on Publications, wlio shall have the maiia:ie-
nient of all publications of the Institute, and reyulate the nnuiner of
their distribution.
Sect. 9. A Lecture Committee, who shall have charire of all lectures
and public meetinp,s, except such as may be lield or ^ivcn for the ben-
efit of a special department of the Institute, and exci-pt I'ield Meet-
iniis.
Sect. 10. A Committee on Field Meetings (of which the Secretary
shall be ex officio Chairman) who shall deteruiine when and where
Field Meetings shall be held, and shalL have the general management
of the same.
Sect. 11. Each of these Committees, unless herein otherwise pro-
vided for, shall choose a Chairman, whose election shall be immedi-
ately certified to the Secretary, and such election shall constitute him
a Director.
Sect. 12. The several Committees shall report at the Aiuiual Meet-
ing.
ARTICLE IV. — DEPARTMENTS.
The Management of the Institute shall be divided into the follow-
ing Departments : —
Section 13. The Department of History, which shall include His-
torical Materials and Antiquities.
Sect. 14. The Department of Manuscripts.
Sect. 15. The Department of Archaeology, which shall iuchide Eth-
nology.
Sect. 16. The Department of Numismatics.
Sect. 17. The Department of Geology, which shall Iuclu.de Miner-
alogy, and Palaeontology.
Sect. 18. The Department of Botany.
Sect. 19. The Department of Zoology.
Sect. 20. The Department of Horticulture.
Sect. 21. The Department of Technology.
Sect. 22. The Department of Music.
Sect. 23. The Department of Art, embracing Painting, Sculpture,
and Engraving.
ARTICLE v.— MEETINGS.
Section 24. Regular Meetings shall be held on the tirst and third
Mondays of each month, at the Rooms of the Institute, at 7i o'clock,
p. M. The second meeting in May shall be the Annual Meeting.
Sect. 25. Special Meetings may be called by order of the President,
tir at the written request o-f five raerabers. Business to be transacted
it a special meeting shall be limited to the subjects stated in the call.
Sect. 2G. Field Meetings shall be held at such times and places as
the Field-meeting Committee may designate.
Sect. '2.1. The Board of Directors shall meet on the first and third
jrondays of each month, at 7 o'clock, p. m., at the Rooms of the Insti-
tute, and at such other times as they may be called together by the
President.
Sect. 28. Five members shall be a Quorum for holding any meeting
of the Institute, or of the Board of Directors, but any less number,
«f whom the Secretary shall be one, may have power to adjourn the
meeting.
Sect. 29. Officers shall be elected at the Annual INIeeting, but va-
cancies may be filled by election at any Regular INIeeting.
Sect. 30. All Elections shall be by ballot, and by a majority of tlie
members present and voting.
ARTICLE VI. — DUTIES OF OFFICERS AND COMMITTEES.
Section 31. The President, or in his absence one of the Vice-
Presidents, shall preside at all meetings of the Institute, and of the
Board of Directors. The President shall be ex officio Chairman of the
Finance Committee.
Sect. 32. The Secretary shall give notice of all meetings and record
their proceedings; shall notify all members and ofllcers of their elec-
tion; shall have charge of all papers and documents relating to the
general business of the Institute ; shall conduct the general corres-
pondence ; and shall report the doings of the Institute during the year,
at the Annual Meeting. He shall acknowledge the receipt of all dona-
tions except those to the Library. He shall record in a book kept for
that special purpose the By-laws of the Society and the names of its
members, with the date of their election, and whenever any alteration,
amendment, or repeal of the By-laws is made, the same shall be en-
tered in said book. He shall be ex officio Chairman of the Field-meet-
ing Committee, and shall perform such other duties as the Board of
Directors shall from time to time designate by vote.
Sect. 33. The Treasurer shall be ex officio a member of the Finance
Committee, and shall keep an exact account of all his receipts and
expenditures, and shall submit his report, after examination by the-
Auditor, at the Annual Meeting.
Sect. 34. The Auditor shall audit all accounts of the Treasurer, Cu-
rators and Committees, and shall report at the Annual Meeting.
Sect. 35. The Librarian shall be ex officio a member of the Library
Committee. He shall receive, and have the custody of, all books and
other printed works, maps, charts, and diagrams of the Instkute ; shalB
attend to- their arrangement, cfttaloguing and preservation; shall con-
duct the corrcspoudeuce relating to the Library and acknowledge alL
donations thereto; and sliall report on its condition at the Annual
Meeting.
Skct. 30, Tlie Library Committee shall divide the boolis, and other
articles, belonsins to the Library, into two classes; namely, (A) those
which are not to be removed from the buiidinj:, except upon the written
permission of the Library Committee; (B) those wliicli may circulate
under such rules as may be prepared by the Library Committee, and
approved by the Board of Directors, whicli rules shall have the force
of By-laws. A cop}' thereof shall be pasteil on the cover of each
volume.
Skct. 37. The Board of Directors shall have full power to transact
all the jicneral business of the Institute, except the election of members
and otfieers; and may, when they deem it best, refer any matter to the
jucneral meetinij of tin; Society for its action. They shall decide,
subject to the control of the Society, how and wlicn tiie iieneral re-
sources of the Society, not devote.l to any pariicular department, shall
be expended; and shall assign all space or location of sjiecimens for
each Department, and sliall determine all questions that may arise
between any of the Curators.
Skct. 38. The Curators shall have charge of their respective Depart-
ments, and shall have full power relating to the collection, care and
preservation of the specimens or materials relating thereto : provided,
however, that an}' alteration of the general plan or principle of arrange-
ment of any department and the removal of specimens or other mate-
rial except for the purpose of exchange, shall be made only with the
consent of the Board of Directors, or under such regulations as they
may, from time to time, prescribe. Curators shall Inne charge of all
Lectures, Exhibitions, or Entertainments, given for their respective
Departments. All moneys or funds that may at any time he raised by
any Curator, or that may come into his hands for the benefit of his
Department, and the net proceeds of any Lecture, Exhil>ition or En-
tertainment under his charge, shall be deposited by him with the
Treasurer, who shall give him a receii't therefor, and place the amount
to the credit of that Department. Each Curator shall have authority
to draw upon the Treasurer from time to time, for the purposes of his
Deinirtment, to the amount standing to its credit; excepting, liowever,
such funds as may be permanently invested, of whicli the income
only, shall be suliject to such authority. Each Curator shall report on
the condition and wants of his Department, at the Annual Meeting.
ARTICLE VII. — ASSESSMENTS.
Si'XTiON 39. An assessment of three dollars shall be paid by every
member on admission, and annually thereafter on the third Monday in
May.
Skct. 40. No nioniber wlio sliall be in arrears for one year shall be
enlilletl to vote or hold any ortlce ; and any member so in arrears, who
shall refuse or neglect to pay his dues for six months after being notified
thereof by the Treasurer, by written notiee duly recorded, shall cease
to be a member of the Institute. Provided, however, that any member
may, in lieu of the annual assessment, pay the sum of thirty dollars,
to be added to the funds of the Institute, the annual interest thereof
to be considered as tiie payment of the annual assessment of said
member.
Skct. 41. Members elected more than four months, and within eight
months after an Annual Meeting, shall have one dollar deducted from
the next annual assessment; and members elected eight months or
more after an Annual Meeting, shall have two dollars deducted from
thc! next annual assessment.
Si'Xr. 42. The President and Treasurer may exempt members from
assessments, when they may deem it for the Interest of the Society.
ARTICLE VIII. — APPROPRIATIONS.
Skctiox 43. No Member, Officer, or Committee, except the Board of
Directors, shall incur any debt whatever in the name of the Institute;
but whenever money shall he expended under any appropriation, an
account of receipts and expenditures, with the vouchers tiierefor, shall
be rendered to the Treasurer by the party having the same iii charge,
and the net receipts, if any, shall be paid into the Treasury within
thirty days after the ol)ject for which the appropriation was made
shall have been accomplished.
Sect. 44. When no appropriation shall have been made, a statement
of all receipts and expenses incurred shall be made to the Treasurer
in like manner; and when all bills shall have been paid, the net receipts
shall be turned over to the Treasurer, unless it have been otherwise
previously ordered by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors
may, in cither case above named, in the name of the Institute, assume
all liability for any such debt as may be outstanding, when the balance
of said receipts shall have been placed in the Treasurer's hands; pro-
vided they are satisfied that the gross receipts exceed all expenses
incurred by the party in charge, and that the business or entertain-
ment has been previously authorized by the Institute or the Board of
Directors.
ARTICLE IX. — ROOMS.
Section 45. The Rooms shall be open to members and the public at
such times and under such regulations as the Directors may determine.
Sect. 4G. Visitors may be introduced by any member.
ARTICLE X. — AMENDMENT OU ALTERATION OF BY-LAWS.
Section 47. The By-laws may be altered, repealed or amended by
the votes of two-thirds of the members present aud voting-, at a Reg-
ular Meeting, notice of the proposed alteration, repeal or a.nendment,
having been given in writing at a previous Regular Meetui^.
PRICJEJ ) C ATALO(ilJ K
PUBLICATIONS
ESSEX INSTIT UT K
SALEM, MASS., U. S. A.
1876
SALEM, MASS.
PRMnTED AT THB SALEM PRESS, CORNER LIBERTY AND DKRKV STREETS.
1876.
CATALOGUE.
Any book or pamphlet ou this list sent postpaid on receipt of price.
A discount to Booksellers, Historical Societies and Libraries.
Address, Gico. M. VVhipplk, Secretary,
,,,., i;.. ,,. Salem^ Mass.
JOUUNAL OF THK ESSKX CoUNTV N.VTIUIAI, IIlSTOUY SOCIETY
8vo. 183C-I852. pp. Vdrj. In paper, ....
Bound, ....
Prockedixgs and Communications. 8vo. 6 vols. 1848-1868
The series, in numbers. .......
Bound in cloth,
Vol. I. 1848-1856. pp. 275,
" II. 185G-1S58. pp. 438, 1 plate, ....
" III. 1858-1863. pp. 301,
" IV. 1864-18G5. pp. 448, 15 plates,
■" V. 1S6G-1867. pp. 569, 4 " and Naturalist!-'
Directory, .......
" VI. 1808-1871. pp. 259, 2 plates, and 31 cuts, ,
1 vol.
fO 5(1
1 00
18 00
24 00
2 00
2 00
2 00
5 00
e 00
3 00
[These volumes contain a large number of descriptions and figures
of new species, especially of Corals, Insects and Polyzoa; and many
valuable papers ou Natural History'. Tlie first three volumes also
contain many important Historical papers. In addition to the papers
on special subjects, tlie volumes contain the proceedings of the raeet-
ings of the Institute, the records of additions to the library and
museum, and many important verbal commuuications made at the
meetings, etc. The Naturalists' Directory is also issued under the
same cover with vols. IV and V. Vol. VI closes the series].
Bulletin. 8vo. Issued in monthly parts of about J6 pages each.
Subscription per annum,
Svingle numbers, .
Vol. I. 1869. pp. 1G4,
1870. pp. 178,
1871,
1872,
1873,
1874,
1875,
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
VII.
m 00
10
1 00
1 oo
1 00
1 00
1 00
1 00
1 00
[The Bulletin takes the place of the Proceedings of the Institute
wJiich close at the date of the commencement of the Bulletin. This
publication will contain all the short communications of general in-
terest, both of an Historical and Scientific character, made at the
meetings of the Institute, and the record of the meetings of the Insti-
tute. Occasional lists of the deficiencies in the library of the In-
stitute, and of the duplicate books oflered for sale or exchange will
also be given}.
Naturalists' DinECTor.Y. Issued with I'roceedings Vol. IV, 18G7.
[This work contains the addresses and departments of study of the
Naturalists, Collectors and Taxidermists, in North America at the
ilate of publication].
Separate from Proceedings, paper covers, . . . . §1 00
" " " bound and interleaved, . . 2 00
HisTf)r,iCAL Coi.T.KcnoNs. First scries, Vols. 1-8, small 4to; second
series, 8vo, conniiencing with Vol. ^,
Vol.1. 1S5!>. pp.206. Steel plate, ■
18C0. pp. 310,
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
VII.
VIII.
18G1. pp. 21)8,
18C2. pp. 289,
18G;^. pp. 289.
186-1. pp. 274,
18C5. pp. 287,
18C6, i)p. 2G7,
Steel plate,
$3 00
3 00
3 00
3 00
3 00
3 00
3 00
3 00
Vol. IX. 18C8-9. (Vol. 1 of 2d serirs. 8vo). pp.374, . $3 00
" X. 1800-70. pp. 319. Steel plate, . . , . 3 00
" " XI. 1871-2, . 3 00
' " XII. 1874, 3 00
" XIII. 1S7-0-C, . . . 3 00
[The Historical Collections contain papers of an Historical and Gen-
ealogical nature, and are most valuable to the student of early Amer-
ican History'. Many important manuscripts and priv.Tte records are
printed in these volumes for the first time, as well as papers relating
to the early liistory of Massachusetts. Several Genealogies of fam-
ilies connected with the early settlement of the country are also con-
tained in the volumes.]
The Weal-Kkaf. Published for Institute fair in ISCO. Small
4to. pp. .^G §0 SO
To-Dav. Published for tlie Institute and Oratorio fair, 1870.
pp. 38 50
Allex, S. M. Ancient and Modern Tlicorics of Light, Heat
and Color,* 10
Ai-LEX, J. F. Victoria Regi-i, or the Great Water Lily of
America. Iloyal folio, six colored plates, 1854, . . . 10 00
Allex, J. A. Foray of a colony of Formica Sanguiuea upon
a colony of Black Ants. ISCS,* . ' 10
Aiwoop, K. S. Keminiscenccs of the South Church and So-
cietj', Salem,* .......... 20
Baiiid and Kidgway. Kew forms of American Birds,* . . 10
Balcu, D. M. On the Socialite at Salem. 1SG4,* ... 10
Baj.ch, 1). M. Analysis of Grapes. ISG"),* .... 10
Bkiggs, G. W. Meinoirof 1). A. White. Pamphlet, 8vo, 1SC4,* 30
CakvextkC. Generic affinities of Kew England Chitons, by
P. Carpenter,* 05
Chipman. The Cliipman Liiiea.iie, particularly as in Essex
County, Mass. pp. i>d. Salem, 1S72,* 60
Cole. Li>t of Infusorial Oltjccts, found iu tlio neighborhood
of Salem, Mass. pp. IS. 185.!,* 60
CouES, Ei.i.ioTT. List of the Birds of Xew England, with
critical notes. I'amphlet, 8vo, 18G8,* 75
CouES. Myology of the Ornithorbynchus,* ....
Dall, W. H. Notes on an examination of four species of
Chitons,*
Dkuijy, PicKr.KY. Hutchinson Family. 1 vol, 8vo. 1870,*
Eaglkston, J. II. Early California Voyages,*
Endicott, C. M. Accountof Leslie's Retreat. Pamphlet, 8vo,
18u6,*
Endicott, C. M. Account of the Piracy of the ship Friendship
of Salem in 1831. Pamphlet, 8vo, 1858,* ....
Endicott, C. RI. History of Salem and Dauvers Aqueduct.
pp. IG. 18G0,*
English High School, Salem, Catalogue, Reunion, etc.,
6 plates. 1857,
EssKX lijfSTiTUTK. Historical notice of, with the Constitution,
By-Laws, and lists of the Officers and Members. Pamphlet,
8vo, 18C6,*
'thirst church in Salem, 1C34. pp. 29. 1 cut, .
FiTTS, J. II. History of Thomas's Farmers' Almanac,* .
"^owi-ER, S. P. Acconnt of the Life, Character, etc., of Rev
Samuel Parris, and of his connection with the Witchcraft
Delusion of 1092. Pamphlet, Svo, 1857,*
Gill, T. Prodrome of a Monograph of the Pinnipedes (seals)
18GC,*
Gill, T. Primary subdivisions of the Cetaceans,* .
GooDKLL, A. C. Jr. Centennial Address, Oct. 5, 1874* .
Gould. Ancestry of Zaccheus Gould of Topsfield,*
Hakkis; Remarks on Sciarabaeus Goliatus and other African
Beetles allied to it,* .''.■.
HmtRiciv. Bii'ds of Grand Meiian. pp. 16,*
Hyatt, A. ObservatiOfls (in Fresh-water Polyzoa. 103 pages
'9 Plates and 25 Cuts, Svo, 18G8,*
Kimball's Journey to the West in 1817. Pamphlet, 8vo,*
Kimcall, James. Destruction of Tea in Boston Harbor,*
Kimball, James. Journal of Rev. Daniel Shute,* .
Lord, Otis P. Memoir of Asahel Huntington,*
Mann, HoliACE. Flora of the Hawaiian Islands,* .
$ 05
2 00
10
25
16
15
50
25
10
20
15
25
25
30
1 00
10
15
2 50
15
30
15
25
50
/ o
McIi.vvRAiTH, T, List of Birds of Hamilton, Canada West.
Puniplilet, 8vo, 18(!(),* $ 15
OnnwAY. An Invention for preserving trees from the ravages
of the Canker Worm,*
Old Houses of Salem, Mass. Cuts, ....
Packahd, a. S., Jr. Salt Water Insects,*
Plummku Hall, dedication of. Pamphlet, 8vo, 1857,
Peahody, Alfimcd. Early California Voyages,*
Pkkblk, Grohgk Hknky. The First Cruise of the United
States Frigate Essex. Pamphlet, 8vo,* . . . 1 00
Putnam's and Packakd's Notes on Humble Bees, etc. Wild
Bees of New England, their Parasites, etc., with a plate.
Pamphlet, 8vo, 18G5,* 75
Pkukins. Becord of the Perkins' of Ipswich. 1872,* , . 15
I'KitKiNS. The name of Perkins as found on the Essex County
Records,* 15
Salem, Town Records of. 1C34 to ICoD. 8vo, 18G8,* . . 2 00
RiDGWAY. Birds of Colorado,* 15
RtDGWAY. Notes on the Bird Fauna of the Salt Lake Valley,* 10
Robinson, John. Ferns of Essex County,* . . • . . 10
Robinson, John. Addenda to Ferns of Essex County,* . 05
Shurtleff, C. a. Report on the Army Worm. 18G2,* .<uqo.j nir/.A^
Sketch of the founders of Salem and the First Church,* . . 13
Spaulding, S. J. Memoir of Henry Coit Perkins of Newbury-
port. 1873,* 25
Stkeeteu, G. L. Account of the Newspapers and other
Periodicals published in Salem. Pamphlet, 8vo, 1856,* . 15
Trippe. T. M. Birds of Minnesota,* 25
Upham, C. W. Memoir of Francis Peabody. Pamphlet, 8vo,
1869,* 30
lIpiiAM, C. W. Memoir of D. P. King. Pamphlet, 8vo, 1869,* 30
Upham, W. p. Memoir of Gen. John Glover of Marblehead.
Pamphlet, 8vo, 1863,* 1 00
Upham, W. P. Papers relating to the Rev. Samuel Skelton,* 10
Upham, W. P. Letters during the occupation of Boston by
the British. 1775-6,* 50
8?
Wein'Laxd, p. F. Egg Tooth of Snakes and Lizards. Paraph-
let, 8vo, with a plate, 1857,* $ 15
WiiKATi-AND, H. Notice of the Pope Family. Pamphlet, 8vo,
18G7,* 25
White, D. A. Covenant of the First Church. Pamphlet, 8vo,
185G,* 10
White, D. A. New England Congregationalism. 1 Vol. 8vo,
18G1, 1 00
Wilder, B. G. Researches and experiments on Spider's silk.
1866. Cuts,* . 50
WiLLSON, E. B. Memoir Rev. J. L. Russell,* .... 15
Wood, IIouATio C. Phalangeae of United States. 1868 Cuts
of most of the species,* 1 60
Wright, Geo. F. Indian Ridge and its continuations,* . . 08
The Ah Department of the Institute has issued a series of over one
hundred photographs, showing the principal places and objects of
historical interest in and near Salem, Public Buildings, Streets, Old
Houses, Churches, Documents relating to the Witchcraft Trial, etc.,
etc. These views arc cabinet size. Price 30 cents each, or fS.OO per
dozen. A full list of views will be furnished on application.
* Extra Copies from the Proceedings and Historical Collections and Bulletin.
3 2044 1
06 258 890
Date Due
ccc d7<«8:c
-re crrc:c: r.
car" .4iB(Cc-' 'A^
: cc
. CCC€5CC
centre
_ cc •<
cC C ^5^
> >?^^ ^- ^ «^c<x^' cccccr «L' 'ct. c_c rccc^s-
V ^^^' «3ts^iccc ct^^' o (f^ crc ' re <^
>- cc^ c cegsccsTrr^n <--^% ^<^^c -
C Ccr 'i'vratfTv^^^ .i^.^^^^'-.urc'r C^ rrv
ic:c::cc
cfCS^'^^^" S ^S-^t
r"(/'C «icT
^^c<K^S »=»-cc -i^H
-r'«CJCCC ccec '. '^CC ."^-^Cj:. ' c
- - ,.ir' r cjcTC '«C^
CC:CC
?Ci<c:^^<c,^^
'<i< cc^TC/ -cere
^•CCCOi
^ c:«t!T3:Lc -c
-. ,,-r-.- ^ c c:<o«
;.c cC5Cl:c?r(£
liJ r cf cctjc;c3^c.cc>.^ c: c:m(GC^f^ ^^
^^ - ^^C€S:CO
_ cc ^M.. f <5:
;;: c<-__ <fS' ct;.
'^' C~c C<C CC^^l:^f ^ C
pji- ci:cc«ccc,^^ '^ ^. ^(s
^: cc <fcc ^<?^^^;^- ^- "^ '^
^S'e^.<c:t ^^^»^---cc ^^ f <:_cc.
C: CC'^^cc c<C
: ci / c
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11